WO2015154223A1 - 通信控制方法及相关装置 - Google Patents

通信控制方法及相关装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015154223A1
WO2015154223A1 PCT/CN2014/074906 CN2014074906W WO2015154223A1 WO 2015154223 A1 WO2015154223 A1 WO 2015154223A1 CN 2014074906 W CN2014074906 W CN 2014074906W WO 2015154223 A1 WO2015154223 A1 WO 2015154223A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
user terminals
base station
full
configuration
interfered
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2014/074906
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
刘劲楠
黎超
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority to PCT/CN2014/074906 priority Critical patent/WO2015154223A1/zh
Priority to CN201480001151.7A priority patent/CN105164967B/zh
Priority to EP14888607.0A priority patent/EP3119029A4/en
Publication of WO2015154223A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015154223A1/zh
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Priority to US15/289,254 priority patent/US10461800B2/en
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0091—Signalling for the administration of the divided path, e.g. signalling of configuration information
    • H04L5/0094—Indication of how sub-channels of the path are allocated
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B1/00—Details of transmission systems, not covered by a single one of groups H04B3/00 - H04B13/00; Details of transmission systems not characterised by the medium used for transmission
    • H04B1/38—Transceivers, i.e. devices in which transmitter and receiver form a structural unit and in which at least one part is used for functions of transmitting and receiving
    • H04B1/40—Circuits
    • H04B1/50—Circuits using different frequencies for the two directions of communication
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0091—Signalling for the administration of the divided path, e.g. signalling of configuration information
    • H04L5/0096—Indication of changes in allocation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/14—Two-way operation using the same type of signal, i.e. duplex
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/14—Two-way operation using the same type of signal, i.e. duplex
    • H04L5/1461—Suppression of signals in the return path, i.e. bidirectional control circuits
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/14—Two-way operation using the same type of signal, i.e. duplex
    • H04L5/1469—Two-way operation using the same type of signal, i.e. duplex using time-sharing
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W16/00—Network planning, e.g. coverage or traffic planning tools; Network deployment, e.g. resource partitioning or cells structures
    • H04W16/02—Resource partitioning among network components, e.g. reuse partitioning
    • H04W16/10—Dynamic resource partitioning
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453—Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/54—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
    • H04W72/541—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria using the level of interference
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signalling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W64/00—Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00—Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/08—Access point devices

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications, and in particular to a communication control method and related apparatus. Background technique
  • the cellular communication system uses two modes: FDD (Frequency Division Duplex) and Time Division Duplex (TDD).
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • the terminal device can implement the full-duplex mode of receiving and transmitting simultaneously in the uplink and downlink bands.
  • TDD uses time to divide the uplink and downlink channels. Although the uplink and downlink channels use the same frequency, different subframes are used as channel bearers. Therefore, in TDD mode, the terminal device is in half-duplex mode.
  • the terminal or base station is only in the receiving or transmitting state at the same frequency and in the same time.
  • Embodiments of the present invention provide a communication control method and related apparatus to implement a full-duplex technology while minimizing user terminal changes.
  • a first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a base station, which may include:
  • a transmitter configured to send a configuration message to the N user terminals in the cell, where the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, where the secondary configuration indication is used to indicate that the base station is the N user ends a secondary transmission configuration, where the secondary transmission configuration of the N user terminals is different from the primary transmission configuration of the M user terminals in the cell, where the N user terminals are the M a subset of user terminals, the N and M being positive integers;
  • An obtaining unit configured to obtain an interference parameter that is interfered by the N user terminals in a full-duplex subframe by a neighboring user terminal, where the full-duplex subframe is the same subframe in the same frequency band in the same frequency band
  • the transmission configuration corresponds to an uplink transmission
  • the secondary transmission configuration corresponds to a downlink transmission subframe
  • An activation control unit configured to activate, by using an activation message, the secondary transmission configuration for the K user terminals of the N user terminals, where the K user terminals are interfered with by the adjacent user terminal Activating the condition, the K user terminals are a subset of the N user terminals, and the K is a positive integer;
  • the primary transmission is configured as a primary carrier and the secondary transmission is configured as a secondary carrier;
  • the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier and the downlink frequency band of the secondary carrier are the same, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier.
  • the time division duplex TDD uplink and downlink allocation of the primary carrier is different from the TDD uplink and downlink ratio of the secondary carrier.
  • the activation message and/or the configuration message further include an effective indication parameter, where the effective indication parameter is used to indicate that the activated The effective time of the secondary transmission configuration.
  • the effective indication parameter includes an effective period and an offset, where the configuration message carries the effective a period, the activation message carries the offset; or the configuration message carries the effective period and the offset; or the activation message carries the effective period and the offset.
  • the secondary transmission is activated
  • the configuration takes effect once or takes effect multiple times or periodically.
  • the activation control unit is further configured to: after the activation of the secondary transmission configuration by the K user terminals of the N user terminals by using an activation message, deactivate the among the K user terminals by using a deactivation message The secondary transmission configuration of the partial or full user terminal being activated.
  • the obtaining unit is configured to receive the measurement report reported by the N user terminals, where the measurement report reported by each user terminal includes the user terminal receiving the phase in the full-duplex subframe Interference parameters of neighbor user terminal interference.
  • the interference parameter is used to describe an uplink reference signal of a neighboring user terminal in a full duplex subframe energy of.
  • the setting the activation condition includes: the interference parameter is described in a full duplex subframe The energy of the uplink reference signal of the adjacent user terminal is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the obtaining unit is configured to: receive the location information reported by the N user terminals, and determine, according to the location information reported by the N user terminals, that the N user terminals are adjacent to the user terminal in the full duplex subframe. Interference parameters of interference.
  • the N user terminals are interfered by adjacent user terminals in a full duplex subframe
  • the method includes: a physical location distance between the N user terminals and a neighboring user terminal in a full-duplex subframe; the setting activation condition includes: between the full-duplex subframe and the adjacent user terminal The physical position distance is greater than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the transmitter is further configured to: use the downlink direction in the full duplex subframe And transmitting, by the beam corresponding to the downlink directional transmission, at least one user terminal of the K user terminals.
  • the transmitter is further configured to: the transmitter in the full duplex subframe And transmitting the downlink directional transmission parameter of the downlink directional transmission to the neighboring base station, where the downlink directional transmission parameter includes a beam direction and/or a beam width.
  • the transmitter is further configured to notify the neighbor base station of the full duplex subframe.
  • a second aspect of the present invention provides a communication terminal, including:
  • a receiver configured to receive a configuration message from a base station
  • the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, where the secondary configuration indication is used to indicate a secondary transmission configuration configured by the base station for the communication terminal, where the secondary transmission configuration of the communication terminal is in a cell.
  • the main transmission configurations of the M user terminals are different, wherein the communication terminal is one of the M user terminals, and the M is a positive integer;
  • a transmitter configured to report, to the base station, an interference parameter that is interfered by the communication terminal by a neighboring user terminal in a full-duplex subframe;
  • a transmission control unit configured to activate the secondary transmission configuration according to the activation message, if the activation message is received from the base station, where the activation message is determined by the base station to be in a full duplex
  • the interfered parameters in the subframe that are interfered by neighboring user terminals are consistent with the set activation conditions.
  • the primary transmission is configured as a primary carrier and the secondary transmission is configured as a secondary carrier;
  • the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier and the downlink frequency band of the secondary carrier are the same, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier.
  • the time division duplex TDD uplink and downlink allocation of the primary carrier is different from the TDD uplink and downlink ratio of the secondary carrier.
  • the activation message and/or the configuration message further include an effective indication parameter, where the effective indication parameter is used to indicate that the activated The effective time of the secondary transmission configuration;
  • the transmission control unit is further configured to activate the secondary transmission configuration according to the activation message when the effective time indicated by the effective indication parameter is valid.
  • the effective indication parameter includes an effective period and an offset, where the configuration message carries the effective a period, the activation message carries the offset; or the configuration message carries the effective period and the offset; or the activation message carries the effective period and the offset.
  • the secondary transmission is activated
  • the configuration takes effect once or takes effect multiple times or periodically.
  • the transmission control unit is further configured to, after receiving the activation message from the base station, receive a deactivation message from the base station, and deactivate the secondary transmission configuration according to the deactivation message.
  • the transmitter is specifically configured to report a measurement report to the base station, where the measurement report includes the The interfered parameter that the communication terminal interferes with by the adjacent user terminal in the full duplex subframe.
  • the interference parameter is used to describe an uplink reference signal of a neighboring user terminal in a full duplex subframe energy of.
  • the setting the activation condition includes: the interference parameter is described in a full duplex subframe The energy of the uplink reference signal of the adjacent user terminal is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the transmitter is specifically configured to report, to the base station, location information of the communication terminal, so that the base station determines, according to the location information, that the communication terminal is interfered by a neighboring user terminal in a full-duplex subframe. Disturbed parameters.
  • the interference parameter that the communication terminal interferes with by the neighboring user terminal in the full duplex subframe includes: The physical location distance between the communication terminal and the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe; wherein the setting activation condition comprises: a physical location between the full-duplex subframe and the adjacent user terminal The distance is greater than the second threshold.
  • the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier and the secondary carrier downlink frequency band are the same, and the primary carrier is The downlink frequency band is the same as the uplink frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the transmission control unit is further configured to perform uplink/downlink transmission independently using the primary carrier and the secondary carrier, or use the primary carrier and the secondary carrier independently Up/down transmission; or the transmission control unit is further configured to: use the primary carrier and the secondary carrier to perform uplink transmission without downlink transmission, or the transmission control unit further The downlink transmission is performed by using the primary carrier and the secondary carrier without uplink transmission.
  • the processor calls the code stored in the memory, and is configured to send, by using the antenna, a configuration message to the N user terminals in the cell, where the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, where the secondary configuration indication is used.
  • the secondary transmission configuration configured by the base station is configured for the N user terminals, where the secondary transmission configuration of the N user terminals is different from the primary transmission configuration of the M user terminals in the cell, where The N user terminals are a subset of the M user terminals, and the N and M are positive integers; obtaining that the N user terminals are interfered by neighboring user terminals in a full-duplex subframe a parameter, where the full-duplex subframe is a subframe in which the primary transmission configuration corresponds to an uplink transmission and the secondary transmission configuration corresponds to a downlink transmission in the same subframe of the same frequency band; the activation message is the N user terminals
  • the K user terminals activate the secondary transmission configuration, where the interference parameters of the K user terminals that are interfered by the adjacent user terminals
  • the primary transmission is configured as a primary carrier and the secondary transmission is configured as a secondary carrier;
  • the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier and the downlink frequency band of the secondary carrier are the same, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier.
  • the time division duplex TDD uplink and downlink allocation of the primary carrier is different from the TDD uplink and downlink ratio of the secondary carrier.
  • the configuration message also carries an effective indication parameter, where the effective indication parameter is used to indicate the effective time of the secondary transmission configuration that is activated.
  • the effective indication parameter includes an effective period and an offset, where the configuration message carries the effective a period, the activation message carries the offset; or the configuration message carries the effective period and the offset; or the activation message carries the effective period and the offset.
  • the auxiliary transmission is activated
  • the transmission configuration takes effect once or takes effect multiple times or periodically.
  • the processor is further configured to: after activating the secondary transmission configuration for the K user terminals of the N user terminals by using an activation message, deactivating a part of the K user terminals by using a deactivation message or The secondary transmission configuration of all user terminals being activated.
  • the processor is specifically configured to receive the measurement report reported by the N user terminals, where the N user terminal obtains the interference parameter that is interfered by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe,
  • the measurement report reported by each of the N user terminals includes an interference parameter that is interfered by the user terminal by a neighboring user terminal in a full-duplex subframe.
  • the interference parameter is used to describe an uplink reference signal of a neighboring user terminal in a full duplex subframe energy of.
  • the setting the activation condition includes: the interference parameter is described in a full duplex subframe The energy of the uplink reference signal of the adjacent user terminal is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the processing The device is specifically configured to: receive the location information reported by the N user terminals, and determine, according to the location information reported by the N user terminals, that the N user terminals are interfered by neighboring user terminals in a full duplex subframe. Interference parameters.
  • the interference parameters of the N user terminals that are interfered by the neighboring user terminals in the full-duplex subframe include: the physical relationship between the N user terminals and the adjacent user terminals in the full-duplex subframe Position distance
  • the setting activation condition includes: a physical position distance between the full-duplex sub-frame and the adjacent user terminal is greater than or equal to a second threshold.
  • the processor is further configured to: use the downlink directional transmission in the full duplex subframe The beam corresponding to the downlink directional transmission covers at least one user terminal of the K user terminals.
  • the processor is further configured to: in the full duplex subframe, the base station The downlink directional transmission parameter is transmitted to the neighboring base station by using the downlink directional transmission parameter, where the downlink directional transmission parameter includes a beam direction and/or a beam width.
  • the processor is further configured to notify the neighbor base station of the full duplex subframe.
  • a fourth aspect of the present invention provides a communications terminal, which may include:
  • the processor calls a code stored in the memory for receiving from the antenna a configuration message of the base station, where the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, where the secondary configuration indication is used to indicate a secondary transmission configuration configured by the base station for the communication terminal, where the secondary of the communication terminal is
  • the transmission configuration is different from the primary transmission configuration of the M user terminals in the cell, where the communication terminal is one of the M user terminals, and the M is a positive integer; reporting the communication terminal to the base station An interference parameter that is interfered by a neighboring user terminal in a full-duplex subframe; if the activation message from the base station is received, the secondary transmission configuration is activated according to the activation message, where the activation message And transmitting, by the base station, after determining that the interference parameter interfered by the neighboring user terminal in the full duplex subframe meets the set activation condition;
  • the primary transmission is configured as a primary carrier and the secondary transmission is configured as a secondary carrier;
  • the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier and the downlink frequency band of the secondary carrier are the same, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier.
  • the time division duplex TDD uplink and downlink allocation of the primary carrier is different from the TDD uplink and downlink ratio of the secondary carrier.
  • the activation message and/or the configuration message further include an effective indication parameter, where the effective indication parameter is used to indicate that the activated The effective time of the secondary transmission configuration;
  • the transmission control unit is further configured to activate the secondary transmission configuration according to the activation message when the effective time indicated by the effective indication parameter is valid.
  • the effective indication parameter includes an effective period and an offset, where the configuration message carries the effective a period, the activation message carries the offset; or the configuration message carries the effective period and the offset; or the activation message carries the effective period and the offset.
  • the secondary transmission activated The configuration takes effect once or takes effect multiple times or periodically.
  • the processor is further configured to: after receiving an activation message from the base station, if receiving a deactivation message from the base station, deactivating the secondary transmission configuration according to the deactivation message.
  • the processor is specifically configured to report a measurement report to the base station, where the measurement report is An interference parameter that is interfered by the communication terminal by a neighboring user terminal in a full duplex subframe is included.
  • the interference parameter is used to describe an uplink reference signal of a neighboring user terminal in a full duplex subframe energy of.
  • the setting activation condition includes: the energy of the uplink reference signal of the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe described by the interfered parameter is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the processor is specifically configured to report the location information of the communication terminal to the base station So that the base station determines, according to the location information, the interfered parameter that the communication terminal interferes with by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe.
  • the interference parameter that is interfered by the communication terminal by the neighboring user terminal in the full duplex subframe includes: The physical location distance between the communication terminal and the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe; wherein the setting activation condition comprises: a physical location between the full-duplex subframe and the adjacent user terminal The distance is greater than the second threshold.
  • the fourth aspect or the first possible implementation of the fourth aspect or the second possible implementation of the fourth aspect or the third possible implementation of the fourth aspect or the fourth possible aspect of the fourth aspect Embodiment or a fifth possible implementation of the fourth aspect or a sixth possible implementation of the fourth aspect or a seventh possible implementation of the fourth aspect or an eighth possible implementation of the fourth aspect Or the ninth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the tenth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, when the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier and the secondary carrier downlink frequency band are the same, and the primary carrier is The downlink frequency band is the same as the uplink frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the transmission control unit is further configured to perform uplink/downlink transmission independently using the primary carrier and the secondary carrier, or use the primary carrier and the secondary carrier independently Up/down transmission; or the transmission control unit is further configured to: use the primary carrier and the secondary carrier to perform uplink transmission without downlink transmission, or the transmission control unit further To using the primary carrier and the secondary downlink carrier transmitted without uplink transmission.
  • a fifth aspect of the present invention provides a communication control method, which may include:
  • the base station sends a configuration message to the N user terminals in the cell, where the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, where the secondary configuration indication is used to indicate the secondary transmission configuration configured by the base station for the N user terminals.
  • the secondary transmission configuration of the N user terminals is different from the primary transmission configuration of the M user terminals in the cell, where the N user terminals are a subset of the M user terminals. Said N and M are positive integers;
  • the interfered parameter that the N user terminals are interfered by the neighboring user terminal in the full duplex subframe where the full duplex subframe is the primary transmission configuration in the same subframe of the same frequency band Corresponding to the uplink transmission, and the secondary transmission configuration corresponds to the subframe of the downlink transmission;
  • the base station activates the secondary transmission configuration for the K user terminals of the N user terminals by using an activation message, where the interference parameters of the K user terminals that are interfered by the adjacent user terminals meet the set activation conditions.
  • the K user terminals are a subset of the N user terminals, and the K is a positive integer;
  • the primary transmission is configured as a primary carrier and the secondary transmission is configured as a secondary carrier;
  • the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier and the downlink frequency band of the secondary carrier are the same, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier.
  • the time division duplex TDD of the primary carrier is matched with the TDD of the secondary carrier The ratio of up and down is different.
  • the activation message and/or the configuration message further include an effective indication parameter, where the effective indication parameter is used to indicate that the activated The effective time of the secondary transmission configuration.
  • the effective indication parameter includes an effective period and an offset, where the configuration message carries the effective a period, the activation message carries the offset; or the configuration message carries the effective period and the offset; or the activation message carries the effective period and the offset.
  • the secondary transmission activated The configuration takes effect once or takes effect multiple times or periodically.
  • the method further includes: the base station deactivating a part of the K user terminals by using a deactivation message or The secondary transmission configuration of all user terminals being activated.
  • the interfered parameter that the N user terminals are interfered by the neighboring user terminal in the full duplex subframe including:
  • the base station receives the measurement report reported by the N user terminals, and the measurement report reported by each user terminal of the N user terminals includes that the user terminal is interfered by the adjacent user terminal in the full duplex subframe. Disturbed parameters.
  • the interference parameter is used to describe an uplink reference signal of a neighboring user terminal in a full duplex subframe energy of.
  • the setting the activation condition includes: the interference parameter is described in a full duplex subframe The energy of the uplink reference signal of the adjacent user terminal is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the interfered parameter that the N user terminals are interfered by the neighboring user terminal in the full duplex subframe including:
  • the base station receives the location information reported by the N user terminals, and determines, according to the location information reported by the N user terminals, the interference parameters of the N user terminals that are interfered by the neighboring user terminals in the full duplex subframe. .
  • the N user terminals are interfered with by neighboring user terminals in a full duplex subframe
  • the method includes: a physical location distance between the N user terminals and a neighboring user terminal in a full duplex subframe;
  • the setting activation condition includes: a physical position distance between the full-duplex sub-frame and the adjacent user terminal is greater than or equal to a second threshold.
  • the base station uses downlink directional transmission in the full duplex subframe, where The beam corresponding to the downlink directional transmission covers at least one user terminal of the K user terminals.
  • the method further includes: the base station transmitting a downlink directional transmission parameter of the downlink directional transmission by the base station in the full-duplex subframe to a neighboring base station, where the downlink directional transmission parameter
  • the number includes beam pointing and/or beamwidth.
  • the method further includes: the base station notifying the neighbor base station of the full duplex subframe.
  • a sixth aspect of the present invention provides a communication control method, which may include:
  • the first user terminal receives a configuration message from the base station
  • the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, where the secondary configuration indication is used to indicate a secondary transmission configuration configured by the base station for the first user terminal, where the secondary transmission of the first user terminal
  • the configuration is different from the primary transmission configuration of the M user terminals in the cell, where the first user terminal is one of the M user terminals, and the M is a positive integer;
  • the secondary transmission configuration is activated according to the activation message, where the activation message is determined by the base station to determine that the first user terminal is The interfered parameter in the duplex subframe that is interfered by the adjacent user terminal is sent after the set activation condition is met;
  • the primary transmission is configured as a primary carrier and the secondary transmission is configured as a secondary carrier;
  • the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier and the downlink frequency band of the secondary carrier are the same, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier.
  • the time division duplex TDD uplink and downlink allocation of the primary carrier is different from the TDD uplink and downlink ratio of the secondary carrier.
  • the configuration message also carries an effective indication parameter, where the effective indication parameter is used to indicate the effective time of the activated secondary transmission configuration.
  • the effective indication parameter includes an effective period and an offset, where the configuration message carries the effective a period, the activation message carries the offset; or the configuration message carries the effective period and the offset; or the activation message carries the effective period and the offset.
  • the secondary transmission activated The configuration takes effect once or takes effect multiple times or periodically.
  • the method further includes: if the first user terminal receives a deactivation message from the base station, deactivating the secondary transmission according to the deactivation message Configuration.
  • the first user terminal reports, to the base station, the interfered parameter that the first user terminal is interfered by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe
  • the method includes: the first user terminal reporting the measurement report to the base station
  • the measurement report includes an interference parameter that is interfered by the first user terminal by a neighboring user terminal in a full-duplex subframe.
  • the interference parameter is used to describe an uplink reference signal of a neighboring user terminal in a full duplex subframe energy of.
  • the setting the activation condition includes: the interference parameter is described in a full duplex subframe The energy of the uplink reference signal of the adjacent user terminal is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first user terminal reports, to the base station, the interfered parameter that the first user terminal is interfered by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe, including:
  • the first user terminal reports the location information of the first user terminal to the base station, so that the base station determines, according to the location information, that the first user terminal is accessed by a neighboring user terminal in a full-duplex subframe. Interference parameters of interference.
  • the first user terminal is interfered with by a neighboring user terminal in a full-duplex subframe
  • the method includes: a physical location distance between the first user terminal and a neighboring user terminal in a full duplex subframe;
  • the setting activation condition includes: a physical position distance between the full-duplex sub-frame and the adjacent user terminal is greater than or equal to a second threshold.
  • the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier and the secondary carrier downlink frequency band are the same, and the primary carrier is The downlink frequency band is the same as the uplink frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the first user terminal uses the primary carrier and the secondary carrier to independently perform uplink/downlink transmission or does not use the primary carrier and the secondary carrier to perform uplink/downlink independently. Transmitting; or the first user terminal uses the primary carrier and the secondary carrier for uplink transmission without downlink transmission, or the first user terminal uses the primary carrier and Said secondary carrier for downlink transmission without uplink transmission.
  • a seventh aspect of the present invention provides a computer storage medium, wherein the computer storage medium stores a program, and the program includes some or all of the steps of any one of the communication control methods provided by the embodiments of the present invention.
  • the base station sends a configuration message to the N user terminals in the cell, where the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, where the base station is the N user.
  • the secondary transmission configuration of the terminal configuration wherein the primary transmission configuration of the M user terminals in the small area is different from the primary transmission configuration of the N user terminals, wherein the N user terminals are a subset of the M user terminals,
  • the primary transmission is configured as a primary carrier and the secondary transmission is configured as a secondary carrier.
  • the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier downlink frequency band, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the primary carrier is The time division duplex TDD uplink and downlink is different from the TDD uplink and downlink ratio of the above secondary carrier.
  • the communication architecture can increase the overall system capacity by enhancing the base station upgrade. It can be seen that the above scheme is beneficial to minimize Apply full-duplex technology on the premise of changing the user terminal.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a communication terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another communication terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another communication terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a mobile communication terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a communication control method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another communication control method according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of another communication control method according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • 11-b is a schematic diagram of a directional transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • 11-c is a schematic diagram of interference of directional transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of another directional transmission interference according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another communication control method according to an embodiment of the present invention. detailed description
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a communication control method and related device, which is beneficial to applying full-duplex technology under the premise of minimizing user terminal modification.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a communication system, which may include:
  • Base station 101 and M user terminals 102 Therein, a wireless connection is established between the base station 101 and the M user terminals 102.
  • the base station 101 is configured to send a configuration message to the N user terminals 102 in the cell, where the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, where the secondary configuration indication is used to indicate that the base station configures the secondary transmission configuration for the N user terminals.
  • the secondary transmission configuration of the N user terminals 102 is different from the primary transmission configuration of the M user terminals in the cell, wherein the N user terminals are a subset of the M user terminals 102, and the N and M are positive integers.
  • the full-duplex subframe is the uplink transmission corresponding to the primary transmission configuration in the same subframe of the same frequency band, and the foregoing
  • the secondary transmission configuration corresponds to the subframe of the downlink transmission;
  • the activation message is activated by the K user terminals of the N user terminals, wherein the interference parameters of the user terminals interfered by the adjacent user terminals meet the set activation conditions, and the user terminals are For the subset of the user terminals, the ⁇ is a positive integer;
  • the primary transmission is configured as a primary carrier and the secondary transmission is configured as a secondary carrier; wherein, the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier downlink frequency band, and the foregoing
  • the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the uplink frequency band of the secondary carrier; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the uplink and downlink allocation
  • the plurality of user terminals 102 may be some or all of the user terminals in the foregoing cell.
  • the primary transmission configuration may be a primary carrier and the secondary transmission configured as a secondary carrier.
  • the secondary transmission configuration configured by the base station 101 for the above-mentioned user terminals 102 is the same.
  • the above ⁇ is, for example, 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50, 100 or other values.
  • the base station 101 may obtain the interfered parameter that the user terminals are interfered by neighboring user terminals in part or all of the full-duplex subframes.
  • the plurality of sub-frames to be measured may be displayed or indicated to the user terminals, and the user terminals may report the above-mentioned base station 101 to the full-duplex sub-frame to be measured indicated by the base station 101.
  • the interference parameters of one user terminal interfered by neighboring user terminals.
  • the foregoing user terminals may also report to the base station 101 the interfered parameters that the user terminals are interfered with by the neighboring user terminals in some or all of the full-duplex subframes.
  • the base station 101 may display a full-duplex subframe indicating that the user equipment needs to be measured, that is, send an explicit measurement request to the user terminals, and instruct the user terminal to perform interference measurement based on the specific time-frequency resource, at a specific time.
  • the frequency resource can be a full-duplex subframe.
  • the base station 101 may implicitly indicate to the user terminals that the full duplex subframe to be measured, that is, the foregoing user terminals receive the secondary transmission configuration, where the foregoing terminals can compare the secondary transmission configuration and the primary transmission configuration.
  • the position of the full-duplex subframe is determined, and the interference measurement is performed based on the full-duplex subframe.
  • the secondary transmission configuration configured by the base station 101 for the user terminal does not necessarily take effect immediately, especially the full-duplex subframe.
  • the full-duplex subframe is configured for the user terminal without the secondary transmission configuration. It is still an uplink subframe, and for a user terminal configured with a secondary transmission configuration, it can be regarded as a blank subframe that can be used for side amount, that is, in a blank subframe, a secondary transmission configuration is configured.
  • the user terminal does not need to transmit the uplink signal, nor does it need to receive the downlink signal from the base station 101, and some or all of the blank subframes can be used as the measured subframe.
  • the base station 101 can perform communication with the K user terminals according to the secondary transmission configuration during the secondary transmission configuration effective period; of course, after the secondary transmission configuration is activated, the secondary transmission configuration is not effective.
  • the base station 101 can still perform communication with the above K user terminals according to the primary transmission configuration.
  • the time period may be, for example, a radio frame.
  • the time period may also be other granularity.
  • the time period may also be a subframe, a time slot, or the like.
  • 3rd Generation Partner Programmer 3rd Generation Partner Programmer
  • one radio frame is 10 milliseconds
  • one radio frame includes 10 subframes or 20 slots.
  • the activation message and/or the configuration message may further include an effective indication parameter, where the effective indication parameter is used to indicate an effective time of the activated secondary transmission configuration.
  • the activation message and/or the configuration message may not carry the effective indication parameter, and the K user terminals may activate the activated secondary transmission configuration according to the agreed effective time. For example, the above K user terminals may agree to take effect on the uth radio frame after the activation message is sent.
  • the above-described validation indication parameters may include, for example, an effective period and/or an offset.
  • the foregoing configuration message may carry the foregoing effective period
  • the activation message may carry the offset.
  • the above configuration message may carry the above-mentioned effective period and the above offset.
  • the above activation message may carry the above-mentioned effective period and the above offset.
  • the configuration message carries the above-mentioned effective period
  • the activation message carries the offset.
  • the base station 101 can configure the secondary configuration of multiple user terminals by using the same configuration message, for example, by activating the message. Different offsets (for example, different user terminals may correspond to different offsets) to achieve fairness of user terminal scheduling and to reduce interference between user terminals.
  • the above-mentioned effective indication parameter indicates that the activated secondary transmission configuration is activated once or validated multiple times (eg, 2 times, 4 times, 8 times, 16 times, 32 times, or other times) or periodically. It takes effect (where the effective period of the periodicity can be indicated by the base station 101 or pre-agreed or agreed by the agreement). Among them, for a valid time or effective limited times (such as 2 times, 4 times, 8 times, 16 times, 32 For the scenario of the secondary or other times, the base station 101 may also indicate the effective time of the secondary transmission configuration without using the effective indication parameter. For example, the uth radio frame after the activation message is issued may be agreed to take effect.
  • the first user terminal in the K user terminal may be, for example, Performing uplink/downlink transmission independently using the primary carrier and the secondary carrier, or independently using the primary carrier and the secondary carrier; or the first user terminal uses the primary carrier and the secondary carrier to perform uplink transmission.
  • the downlink transmission is not performed, or the first user terminal performs downlink transmission using the primary carrier and the secondary carrier without performing uplink transmission.
  • the first user terminal may be any one of the K user terminals.
  • the foregoing base station 101 is further configured to:
  • the activated secondary transmission configuration of some or all of the K user terminals is activated by the deactivation message. It can be understood that by introducing the activation and deactivation mechanisms of the secondary transmission configuration, it is advantageous to improve the flexibility of the secondary transmission configuration.
  • the base station 101 may not perform the operation of deactivating the secondary transmission configuration, because the secondary transmission configuration automatically fails only once or several times. It can be understood that the control signaling overhead is reduced by introducing an automatic deactivation mechanism of the secondary transmission configuration.
  • the interference parameter that is interfered by the user terminal in the full-duplex subframe by the neighboring user terminal may be a parameter that can represent or obtain the degree to which the user terminal is interfered by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe. .
  • the foregoing base station 101 obtains the interfered parameter that the N user terminals are interfered by the neighboring user terminals in the full-duplex subframe, and may include: the foregoing base station 101 receives the reported by the N user terminals.
  • the measurement report wherein the measurement report reported by each of the N user terminals includes an interference parameter that is interfered by the user terminal by a neighboring user terminal in a full-duplex subframe.
  • the above-mentioned interfered parameter is used to describe the energy of an uplink reference signal of a neighboring user terminal in a full-duplex subframe.
  • the above setting activation conditions may include: The energy of the uplink reference signal of the adjacent user terminal in the duplex subframe is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first threshold may be, for example, -100 dbm, -80 dbm, -50 dbm, -40 dbm, -30 dbm or other values that can meet the needs of the actual scenario.
  • the value of the first threshold may range from -100 dbm to -30 dbm.
  • the first threshold may also have other ranges of values that meet the needs of the actual scenario.
  • the foregoing base station 101 obtains the interference parameter that the N user terminals interfere with by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe, and may include: the foregoing base station 101 receives the N user terminals.
  • the reported location information determines, according to the location information reported by the N user terminals, the interfered parameters of the N user terminals that are interfered by the neighboring user terminals in the full duplex subframe.
  • the interference parameters of the N user terminals that are interfered by the neighboring user terminals in the full-duplex subframe may include: a physical location distance between the N user terminals and the adjacent user terminals in the full-duplex subframe .
  • the setting the activation condition may include: the physical location distance between the adjacent user terminal in the full duplex subframe is greater than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the second threshold may be, for example, 10 meters, 15 meters, 20 meters, 30 meters, 50 meters, 100 meters or other values required to meet the actual scene.
  • the base station 101 is further configured to: use the downlink directional transmission in the full duplex subframe, where the downlink corresponding to the downlink directional transmission covers at least the K user terminals. 1 user terminal.
  • the downlink directional transmission by the base station 101 in the above-mentioned full-duplex subframe is advantageous for reducing the interference of the base station 101 to the uplink reception of the neighboring base station 101, and further improving the system capacity.
  • the base station 101 is further configured to: send, to the neighboring base station 101, a downlink directional transmission parameter, where the base station 101 uses downlink directional transmission in the full-duplex subframe, the downlink directionality.
  • Transmission parameters include beam pointing and/or beamwidth, and the like.
  • the base station 101 sends the downlink directional transmission parameters to the neighboring base station 101, so that the neighboring base station 101 can perform interference coordination processing according to this, thereby facilitating reducing interference between cells and further improving system capacity.
  • the base station 101 is further configured to notify the neighbor base station 101 of the full duplex subframe.
  • the base station 101 notifies the neighbor base station 101 of the full-duplex subframe, so that the neighbor base station 101 can perform interference coordination processing according to the foregoing, thereby facilitating the reduction of interference between cells and further improving system capacity.
  • the base station 101 sends a configuration message to the N user terminals in the cell, where the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, where the base station 101 is A secondary transmission configuration configured by the N user terminals, where the primary transmission configuration of the M user terminals in the small area is different from the primary transmission configuration of the N user terminals, where the N user terminals are the children of the M user terminals.
  • the primary transmission configuration may be a primary carrier and the secondary transmission configured as a secondary carrier.
  • the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier downlink frequency band, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the primary carrier is
  • the TDD uplink and downlink allocation is different from the TDD uplink and downlink ratio of the above secondary carrier.
  • the base station 101 obtains the interference parameters of the N user terminals that are interfered by the neighboring user terminals in the full-duplex subframe, and the base station 101 activates the K user terminals among the N user terminals by using the activation message according to the interference parameter.
  • the above secondary transmission configuration is the same as the secondary carrier downlink frequency band, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the primary carrier is
  • the TDD uplink and downlink allocation is different from the TDD uplink and downlink ratio of
  • the communication architecture can enhance the overall system capacity by enhancing the base station 101 upgrade, and it can be seen that the above solution is beneficial to Apply full-duplex technology while minimizing changes to user terminals.
  • the base station 101 is the K user terminals among the N user terminals by using the activation message according to the obtained interference parameters of the N user terminals that are interfered by the neighboring user terminals in the full duplex subframe.
  • the above secondary transmission configuration is activated, which enables the base station 101 to implement interference control in a full-duplex sub-frame to a certain extent, which is advantageous for reducing mutual interference of full-duplex communication and facilitating communication quality.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a base station 200, which may include:
  • the transmitter 210 The transmitter 210, the obtaining unit 220, and the activation control unit 230.
  • the transmitter 210 is configured to send a configuration message to the N user terminals in the cell, where the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, where the secondary configuration indication is used to indicate that the base station configures the secondary transmission configuration for the N user terminals.
  • the secondary transmission configuration of the N user terminals is different from the primary transmission configuration of the M user terminals in the cell, where the N user terminals are a subset of the M user terminals, and the N and M are Positive integer
  • the obtaining unit 220 is configured to obtain the interference parameter that is interfered by the N user terminals in the full-duplex subframe by the neighboring user terminal, where the full-duplex subframe is configured in the same subframe in the same frequency band.
  • the foregoing secondary transmission configuration corresponds to the subframe of the downlink transmission;
  • the activation control unit 230 is configured to use the activation message as K users among the N user terminals.
  • the terminal activates the secondary transmission configuration, where the interference parameters of the K user terminals that are interfered by the adjacent user terminals meet the set activation conditions, and the K user terminals are a subset of the N user terminals, where K is a positive integer;
  • the primary transmission is configured as a primary carrier and the secondary transmission is configured as a secondary carrier;
  • the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier downlink frequency band, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the primary carrier is The time division duplex TDD uplink and downlink is different from the TDD uplink and downlink ratio of the above secondary carrier.
  • the activation message and/or the configuration message further carry an invalidation indication parameter, where the effective indication parameter is used to indicate an activation time of the activated secondary transmission configuration.
  • the effective indication parameter includes an effective period and an offset, where the configuration message carries the validity period, and the activation message carries the offset; or the configuration message carries the validity period and the foregoing The offset; or the above activation message carries the above-mentioned effective period and the above offset.
  • the activated secondary transmission configuration is activated once or validated multiple times or periodically.
  • the activation control unit 230 is further configured to: after the activation of the secondary transmission configuration by the K user terminals of the N user terminals by using an activation message, deactivating the K by using a deactivation message.
  • the obtaining unit 220 is specifically configured to receive the measurement report reported by the N user terminals, where the measurement report reported by each of the N user terminals includes the user terminal in the full double Interference parameters in the sub-frame that are interfered by neighboring user terminals.
  • the interference parameter is used to describe the energy of an uplink reference signal of a neighboring user terminal in a full duplex subframe.
  • the setting the activation condition may include: the energy of the uplink reference signal of the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe described by the interference parameter is less than or equal to the first Wide value.
  • the obtaining unit 220 is configured to: receive the location information reported by the N user terminals, and determine, according to the location information reported by the N user terminals, the N user terminals in the full duplex subframe. Interfered parameters interfered by neighboring user terminals.
  • the interference parameters of the N user terminals that are interfered by the neighboring user terminals in the full duplex subframe may include: the foregoing N user terminals in the full duplex subframe and the adjacent user The physical location distance between the terminals.
  • the setting activation condition includes: the physical position distance between the adjacent user terminal in the full duplex subframe is greater than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the transmitter 210 is further configured to: use the downlink directional transmission in the full duplex subframe, where the downlink corresponding to the downlink directional transmission covers the K user terminals. At least 1 user terminal.
  • the transmitter 210 may be further configured to: send, to the neighboring base station, a downlink directional transmission parameter that is used by the transmitter 210 to perform downlink directional transmission in the full-duplex sub-frame, where Downlink directional transmission parameters include beam pointing and/or beamwidth.
  • the transmitter 210 is further configured to notify the neighbor base station of the full duplex subframe.
  • the base station 200 sends a configuration message to the N user terminals in the cell, where the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, which is used to indicate that the base station configures the secondary transmission configuration for the N user terminals.
  • the primary transmission configuration of the M user terminals in the small area is different from the primary transmission configuration of the N user terminals, where the N user terminals are a subset of the M user terminals, and the primary transmission configuration may be the primary The carrier and the secondary transmission described above are configured as secondary carriers.
  • the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier downlink frequency band, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the primary carrier is
  • the TDD uplink and downlink allocation is different from the TDD uplink and downlink ratio of the above secondary carrier.
  • the base station obtains the interference parameter that the N user terminals are interfered by the adjacent user terminal in the full duplex subframe, and the base station according to the The interference parameter is used to activate the secondary transmission configuration for the K user terminals among the N user terminals by using an activation message.
  • the communication architecture can increase the overall system capacity by enhancing the base station upgrade, and it can be seen that the above scheme is beneficial in minimizing Apply full-duplex technology on the premise of changing the user terminal.
  • the base station is activated according to the obtained interference parameters of the N user terminals that are interfered by the neighboring user terminals in the full-duplex subframe, and is activated by the activation message for the K user terminals among the N user terminals.
  • the above-mentioned secondary transmission configuration which enables the base station to transmit data in a full-duplex sub-frame to achieve interference control to a certain extent, which is advantageous for reducing mutual interference of full-duplex communication and facilitating communication quality.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a base station 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the base station 300 may include a processor 302, a memory 303, and an antenna 301.
  • the processor 302 sends a configuration message to the N user terminals in the cell by using the code stored in the memory 303, where the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, where the secondary configuration indication is used to indicate the foregoing.
  • a secondary transmission configuration configured by the base station for the N user terminals, where the secondary transmission configuration of the N user terminals is different from the primary transmission configuration of the M user terminals in the cell, where the N user terminals are the M user terminals.
  • the primary transmission configuration corresponds to the uplink transmission
  • the secondary transmission configuration corresponds to the downlink transmission subframe
  • the activation message is used to activate the secondary transmission configuration for the K user terminals of the N user terminals, where the K users are The interfered parameter that the terminal is interfered by the adjacent user terminal meets the set activation condition, the above K
  • the user terminal is a subset of the N user terminals, and the K is a positive integer
  • the primary transmission is configured as a primary carrier and the secondary transmission is configured as a secondary carrier; wherein the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier downlink frequency band, And the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the uplink frequency band of the secondary carrier; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is
  • the M user terminals may be some or all of the user terminals in the foregoing cell. It can be understood that the secondary transmission configuration configured by the processor 302 for the N user terminals is the same.
  • the processor 302 may obtain the interfered parameters that the N user terminals are interfered with by the neighboring user terminals in part or all of the full duplex subframes.
  • the processor 302 may display or implicitly indicate a full-duplex subframe to be measured to the N user terminals, where the N user terminals may report the total required to be measured indicated by the base station 300 to the base station 300.
  • the interference parameters of the above-mentioned N user terminals interfered by adjacent user terminals in the duplex subframe.
  • the foregoing N user terminals may also report to the base station 300 the interfered parameters that the N user terminals interfere with by the neighboring user terminals in some or all of the full-duplex subframes.
  • the processor 302 may display a full-duplex subframe indicating the measurement to be performed to the N user terminals, that is, send an explicit measurement request to the N user terminals, and instruct the user terminal to perform interference measurement based on the specific time-frequency resource, at a specific time.
  • the frequency resource can be a full-duplex subframe.
  • the processor 302 may implicitly indicate to the N user terminals that the full duplex subframe to be measured, that is, the N user terminals receive the secondary transmission configuration, and the N terminals may compare the secondary transmission configuration and the primary transmission. Configure to determine the location of the full-duplex subframe and perform interference measurements based on the full-duplex subframe.
  • the secondary transmission configuration configured by the processor 302 for the user terminal does not necessarily take effect immediately, in particular, a full-duplex subframe.
  • the full-duplex subframe is configured without the secondary transmission configuration.
  • the user terminal is still an uplink subframe, and for the user terminal configured with the secondary transmission configuration, it can be regarded as a blank subframe that can be used for side quantity, that is, in a blank subframe, the user configured with the secondary transmission configuration is configured.
  • the terminal does not need to send the uplink signal, nor does it need to receive the downlink signal from the base station, and some or all of the blank subframes can be used as the measured subframe.
  • the processor 302 can perform communication with the K user terminals according to the secondary transmission configuration during the period in which the secondary transmission configuration takes effect; of course, after the auxiliary transmission configuration is activated, the secondary transmission configuration is not performed. During the time period in effect, the processor 302 can still perform communication with the K user terminals according to the primary transmission configuration.
  • the time period may be, for example, a radio frame. Of course, the time period may also be other granularity. For example, the time period may also be a subframe, a time slot, or the like.
  • the activation message and/or the configuration message may further include an effective indication parameter, where the effective indication parameter is used to indicate that the secondary transmission configuration is activated. Effective time.
  • the above activation message and/or the configuration message may not carry the effective indication parameter, and the K user terminals may activate the activated secondary transmission configuration according to the agreed effective time. For example, the above K user terminals may agree to take effect on the uth radio frame after the activation message is sent.
  • the above-described validation indication parameters may include, for example, an effective period and/or an offset.
  • the foregoing configuration message may carry the foregoing effective period
  • the activation message may carry the offset.
  • the above configuration message may carry the above-mentioned effective period and the above offset.
  • the above activation message may carry the above-mentioned effective period and the above offset.
  • the configuration message of the H does not carry the foregoing validity period, and the activation message carries the offset.
  • the processor 302 can configure the secondary configuration of multiple user terminals by using the same configuration message, for example, by using the same configuration message. Different offsets in the message (for example, different user terminals can correspond to different offsets), so as to achieve fairness of user terminal scheduling and reduce interference between user terminals.
  • the above-mentioned effective indication parameter indicates that the activated secondary transmission configuration is activated once or validated multiple times (eg, 2 times, 4 times, 8 times, 13 times, 32 times, or other times) or periodically. Effective (where the period of validity of the periodicity may be due to the base station indication or pre-arranged or agreed by the agreement).
  • the base station may also use the effective indication parameter to indicate the effective time of the secondary transmission configuration, for example, in a scenario where the primary transmission takes effect or takes effect for a limited number of times (such as 2 times, 4 times, 8 times, 13 times, 32 times, or other times), for example, It can be agreed that the uth radio frame after the activation message is sent is valid.
  • the first user terminal in the K user terminal may be, for example, Performing uplink/downlink transmission independently using the primary carrier and the secondary carrier, or independently using the primary carrier and the secondary carrier; or the first user terminal uses the primary carrier and the secondary carrier to perform uplink transmission.
  • the downlink transmission is not performed, or the first user terminal performs downlink transmission using the primary carrier and the secondary carrier without performing uplink transmission.
  • the first user terminal may be any one of the K user terminals.
  • the processor 302 may further include: The live message deactivates the activated secondary transmission configuration of some or all of the above K user terminals. It can be understood that by introducing an activation and deactivation mechanism of the secondary transmission configuration, it is advantageous to improve the flexibility of the secondary transmission configuration.
  • the base station may not perform the operation of deactivating the secondary transmission configuration, because the secondary transmission configuration only takes effect once or several times and then automatically fails. It can be understood that by introducing an automatic deactivation mechanism of the secondary transmission configuration, it is advantageous to reduce the control signaling overhead.
  • the interference parameter that is interfered by the user terminal in the full-duplex subframe by the neighboring user terminal may be a parameter that can represent or obtain the degree to which the user terminal is interfered by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe. .
  • the processor 302 obtains the interfered parameter that the user terminal interferes with the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe, and may include: the processor 302 receives the reported by the user terminal.
  • the measurement report wherein the measurement report reported by each of the user terminals includes an interference parameter that is interfered by the user terminal by a neighboring user terminal in a full-duplex subframe.
  • the above interference parameter is used to describe the energy of the uplink reference signal of a neighboring user terminal in a full duplex subframe.
  • the setting the activation condition may include: the energy of the uplink reference signal of the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe described by the interference parameter is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first threshold can be, for example, -100dbm, -80dbm, -50dbm, -40dbm, -30dbm or other values needed to meet the actual scenario.
  • the value of the first threshold may be from -100 dbm to -30 dbm.
  • the first threshold may also have other values that meet the needs of the actual scenario.
  • the processor 302 obtains the interference parameter that the N user terminals interfere with by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe, and the method may include: the processor 302 receives the N user terminals.
  • the reported location information determines, according to the location information reported by the N user terminals, the interfered parameters of the N user terminals that are interfered by the neighboring user terminals in the full duplex subframe.
  • the interference parameters of the N user terminals that are interfered by the neighboring user terminals in the full-duplex subframe may include: a physical location distance between the N user terminals and the adjacent user terminals in the full-duplex subframe .
  • the foregoing setting activation condition may include: in a full-duplex subframe and an adjacent user terminal The physical position distance between them is greater than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the second threshold may be, for example, 10 meters, 15 meters, 20 meters, 30 meters, 50 meters, 100 meters or other values required to meet the actual scene.
  • the processor 302 may use the downlink directional transmission in the full duplex subframe, where the downlink directional transmission corresponding beam covers at least one of the K user terminals. terminal.
  • the use of the downlink directional transmission by the processor 302 in the above-mentioned full-duplex subframe is advantageous for reducing the interference of the base station to the uplink reception of the neighboring base station, and further improving the system capacity.
  • the processor 302 may further send, to the neighboring base station, a downlink directional transmission parameter that is used by the base station to perform downlink directional transmission in the full-duplex subframe, where the downlink directional transmission parameter is used. Includes beam pointing and/or beam width, etc.
  • the processor 302 sends the downlink-directional transmission parameter to the neighboring base station, so that the neighboring base station can perform interference coordination processing according to the foregoing, thereby facilitating reducing interference between cells and further improving system capacity.
  • the processor 302 may also notify the neighbor base station of the full duplex subframe described above.
  • the processor 302 notifies the neighboring base station of the full-duplex subframe, so that the neighboring base station can perform interference coordination processing according to the foregoing, thereby facilitating reducing interference between cells and further improving system capacity.
  • the base station 300 sends a configuration message to the N user terminals in the cell, where the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, which is used to indicate that the base station configures the secondary transmission configuration for the N user terminals.
  • the primary transmission configuration of the M user terminals in the small area is different from the primary transmission configuration of the N user terminals, where the N user terminals are a subset of the M user terminals, and the primary transmission configuration may be the primary The carrier and the secondary transmission described above are configured as secondary carriers.
  • the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier downlink frequency band, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the primary carrier is
  • the TDD uplink and downlink allocation is different from the TDD uplink and downlink ratio of the above secondary carrier.
  • the communication architecture can increase the overall system capacity by enhancing the base station upgrade, and it can be seen that the above scheme is beneficial in minimizing Apply full-duplex technology on the premise of changing the user terminal.
  • the base station is activated according to the obtained interference parameters of the N user terminals that are interfered by the neighboring user terminals in the full-duplex subframe, and is activated by the activation message for the K user terminals among the N user terminals.
  • the above-mentioned secondary transmission configuration which enables the base station to transmit data in a full-duplex sub-frame to achieve interference control to a certain extent, which is advantageous for reducing mutual interference of full-duplex communication and facilitating communication quality.
  • FIG. 4 is a structural block diagram of a base station 400 according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the base station 400 can include: at least one processor 401, at least one network interface 404 or other user interface 403, a memory 405, and at least one communication bus 402. Communication bus 402 is used to implement connection communication between these components.
  • the base station 400 optionally includes a user interface 403, including: a display (eg, a touch screen, an LCD, a CRT, a Holographic or Projector, etc.), a pointing device (eg, a mouse, a trackball) Touch panel or touch screen, etc.), camera and/or sound pickup device, etc.
  • the memory 402 can include, for example, a read only memory and a random access memory, and provides instructions and data to the processor 401.
  • a portion of the memory 402 also includes non-volatile memory (NVRAM) and the like.
  • NVRAM non-volatile memory
  • memory 405 stores the following elements, executable modules or data structures, or a subset thereof, or their extension set:
  • Operating system 4051 contains a variety of system programs for implementing various basic services and handling hardware-based tasks.
  • the application module 4052 includes various applications for implementing various application services.
  • the processor 401 sends a configuration message to the N user terminals in the cell by using the program or the instruction stored in the memory 405, where the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, where the secondary configuration indication is used to indicate the foregoing.
  • the secondary transmission configuration configured by the base station for the N user terminals, the secondary transmission configuration of the N user terminals, and the primary transmission configuration of the M user terminals in the cell.
  • the N user terminals are a subset of the M user terminals, where the N and M are positive integers; and the interference parameters of the N user terminals interfered by adjacent user terminals in the full duplex subframe are obtained.
  • the full-duplex subframe is a subframe in which the primary transmission configuration corresponds to the uplink transmission and the secondary transmission configuration corresponds to the downlink transmission in the same subframe of the same frequency band;
  • the activation message is K among the N user terminals.
  • the user terminal activates the secondary transmission configuration, wherein the interference parameters of the K user terminals that are interfered by the adjacent user terminals meet the set activation conditions, and the K user terminals are subsets of the N user terminals, where the K is positive
  • the primary transmission is configured as a primary carrier and the secondary transmission is configured as a secondary carrier; wherein, the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band; or
  • the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the time division duplex TDD of the primary carrier is matched with the uplink and downlink.
  • the M user terminals may be some or all of the user terminals in the foregoing cell.
  • the processor 401 may obtain the interfered parameters that the N user terminals are interfered with by the neighboring user terminals in part or all of the full duplex subframes.
  • the processor 401 may display or implicitly indicate a full-duplex subframe to be measured to the N user terminals, and the N user terminals may report the total required to be measured indicated by the base station 400 to the base station 400.
  • the interference parameters of the above-mentioned N user terminals interfered by adjacent user terminals in the duplex subframe.
  • the foregoing N user terminals may also report to the base station 400 the interfered parameters that the N user terminals interfere with by the adjacent user terminals in some or all of the full-duplex subframes.
  • the processor 401 may display a full-duplex subframe indicating the measurement to be performed to the N user terminals, that is, send an explicit measurement request to the N user terminals, and instruct the user terminal to perform interference measurement based on the specific time-frequency resource, at a specific time.
  • the frequency resource can be a full-duplex subframe.
  • the processor 401 may implicitly indicate to the N user terminals that the full duplex subframe to be measured, that is, the N user terminals receive the secondary transmission configuration, where the N terminals can compare the secondary transmission configuration and the primary transmission. Configure to determine the location of the full-duplex subframe and perform interference measurements based on the full-duplex subframe.
  • the secondary transmission configuration configured by the processor 401 for the user terminal does not necessarily occur immediately.
  • the full-duplex subframe is still an uplink subframe for the user terminal without the secondary transmission configuration, and for the user configured with the secondary transmission configuration.
  • the terminal can be regarded as a blank subframe that can be used for the side quantity. That is, in the blank subframe, the user terminal configured with the secondary transmission configuration does not need to send the uplink signal, nor does it need to receive the downlink signal from the base station, part or All blank sub-frames can be used as sub-frames for measurement.
  • the processor 401 can perform communication with the K user terminals according to the secondary transmission configuration during the period in which the secondary transmission configuration takes effect; of course, after the auxiliary transmission configuration is activated, the secondary transmission configuration is not performed. During the period of time in effect, the processor 401 can still perform communication with the K user terminals according to the primary transmission configuration.
  • the time period may be, for example, a radio frame. Of course, the time period may also be other granularity. For example, the time period may also be a subframe, a time slot, or the like.
  • the activation message and/or the configuration message may further include an effective indication parameter, where the effective indication parameter is used to indicate an effective time of the activated secondary transmission configuration.
  • the activation message and/or the configuration message may not carry the effective indication parameter, and the K user terminals may activate the activated secondary transmission configuration according to the agreed effective time. For example, the above K user terminals may agree to take effect on the uth radio frame after the activation message is sent.
  • the above-described validation indication parameters may include, for example, an effective period and/or an offset.
  • the foregoing configuration message may carry the foregoing effective period
  • the activation message may carry the offset.
  • the above configuration message may carry the above-mentioned effective period and the above offset.
  • the above activation message may carry the above-mentioned effective period and the above offset.
  • the configuration message of the H does not carry the validity period
  • the activation message carries the offset.
  • the processor 401 can configure the secondary configuration of multiple user terminals by using the same configuration message, for example, by using the same configuration message. Different offsets in the message (for example, different user terminals can correspond to different offsets), so as to achieve fairness of user terminal scheduling and reduce interference between user terminals.
  • the above-mentioned effective indication parameter indicates that the activated secondary transmission configuration is activated once or validated multiple times (eg, 2 times, 4 times, 8 times, 16 times, 32 times, or other times) or periodically. Take effect (where the effective period of the periodicity may be due to base station indication or prior agreement or agreement Convention).
  • the base station may also use the effective indication parameter to indicate the effective time of the secondary transmission configuration, for example, in a scenario where the primary transmission takes effect or takes effect for a limited number of times (such as 2 times, 4 times, 8 times, 16 times, 32 times, or other times), for example, It can be agreed that the uth radio frame after the activation message is sent is valid.
  • the first user terminal in the K user terminal may be, for example, Performing uplink/downlink transmission independently using the primary carrier and the secondary carrier, or independently using the primary carrier and the secondary carrier; or the first user terminal uses the primary carrier and the secondary carrier to perform uplink transmission.
  • the downlink transmission is not performed, or the first user terminal performs downlink transmission using the primary carrier and the secondary carrier without performing uplink transmission.
  • the first user terminal may be any one of the K user terminals.
  • the processor 401 may further include: the processor 401 deactivates the K devices by using a deactivation message.
  • the above-mentioned secondary transmission configuration of some or all of the user terminals activated. It can be understood that by introducing an activation and deactivation mechanism of the secondary transmission configuration, it is advantageous to improve the flexibility of the secondary transmission configuration.
  • the base station may not perform the operation of deactivating the secondary transmission configuration, because the secondary transmission configuration only takes effect once or several times and then automatically fails. It can be understood that by introducing an automatic deactivation mechanism of the secondary transmission configuration, it is advantageous to reduce the control signaling overhead.
  • the interference parameter that is interfered by the user terminal in the full-duplex subframe by the neighboring user terminal may be a parameter that can represent or obtain the degree to which the user terminal is interfered by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe. .
  • the processor 401 obtains the interfered parameter that the N user terminals are interfered with by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe, and may include: the processor 401 receives the reported by the N user terminals.
  • the measurement report wherein the measurement report reported by each of the N user terminals includes an interference parameter that is interfered by the user terminal by a neighboring user terminal in a full-duplex subframe.
  • the above interference parameter is used to describe an uplink reference of a neighboring user terminal in a full-duplex subframe.
  • the energy of the signal may include: the energy of the uplink reference signal of the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe described by the interference parameter is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first threshold may be, for example, -100 dbm, -80 dbm, -50 dbm, -40 dbm, -30 dbm or other values that can meet the needs of the actual scenario.
  • the value of the first threshold may range from -100 dbm to -30 dbm.
  • the first threshold may also have other ranges of values that meet the needs of the actual scenario.
  • the processor 401 obtains the interference parameter that is interfered by the N user terminals in the full-duplex subframe by the neighboring user terminal, and may include, for example, the processor 401 receiving the N user terminals.
  • the reported location information determines, according to the location information reported by the N user terminals, the interfered parameters of the N user terminals that are interfered by the neighboring user terminals in the full duplex subframe.
  • the interference parameters of the N user terminals that are interfered by the neighboring user terminals in the full-duplex subframe may include: a physical location distance between the N user terminals and the adjacent user terminals in the full-duplex subframe .
  • the setting the activation condition may include: the physical location distance between the adjacent user terminal in the full duplex subframe is greater than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the second threshold may be, for example, 10 meters, 15 meters, 20 meters, 30 meters, 50 meters, 100 meters or other values required to meet the actual scene.
  • the processor 401 may perform downlink directional transmission in the full duplex subframe, where the downlink directional transmission corresponding beam covers at least one of the K user terminals. terminal.
  • the downlink directional transmission by the processor 401 in the above-mentioned full-duplex subframe is advantageous for reducing the interference of the base station to the uplink reception of the neighboring base station, and further improving the system capacity.
  • the processor 401 may further send, to the neighboring base station, a downlink directional transmission parameter that is used by the base station to perform downlink directional transmission in the full-duplex subframe, where the downlink directional transmission parameter is used. Includes beam pointing and/or beam width, etc.
  • the processor 401 sends the downlink-directional transmission parameter to the neighboring base station, so that the neighboring base station can perform interference coordination processing according to the foregoing, thereby facilitating reducing interference between cells and further improving system capacity.
  • the processor 401 may also notify the neighbor base station of the full duplex subframe described above.
  • the processor 401 notifies the neighboring base station of the full-duplex subframe, so that the neighboring base station can perform interference coordination processing according to the foregoing, thereby facilitating reducing interference between cells and further improving system capacity.
  • the base station 400 sends a configuration message to the N user terminals in the cell, where the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, which is used to indicate that the base station configures the secondary transmission configuration for the N user terminals.
  • the primary transmission configuration of the M user terminals in the small area is different from the primary transmission configuration of the N user terminals, where the N user terminals are a subset of the M user terminals, and the primary transmission configuration may be the primary The carrier and the secondary transmission described above are configured as secondary carriers.
  • the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier downlink frequency band, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the primary carrier is
  • the TDD uplink and downlink allocation is different from the TDD uplink and downlink ratio of the above secondary carrier.
  • the communication architecture can increase the overall system capacity by enhancing the base station upgrade, and it can be seen that the above scheme is beneficial in minimizing Apply full-duplex technology on the premise of changing the user terminal.
  • the activation message is the K of the N user terminals.
  • the user terminal activates the secondary transmission configuration, which enables the base station to transmit interference in a full-duplex sub-frame to a certain extent to achieve interference control, which is advantageous for reducing mutual interference of full-duplex communication and facilitating communication quality.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a communication terminal 500, which may include:
  • Receiver 510 Receiver 510, transmitter 520 and transmission control unit 530.
  • a receiver 510 configured to receive a configuration message from a base station
  • the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, where the secondary configuration indication is used to indicate a secondary transmission configuration configured by the base station for the communication terminal, where the secondary transmission configuration of the communication terminal and the M user terminals in the cell
  • the main transmission configuration is different, wherein the communication terminal is one of the M user terminals, and the M is a positive integer;
  • the transmitter 520 is configured to report, to the foregoing base station, an interference parameter that is interfered by the communication terminal by a neighboring user terminal in a full-duplex subframe;
  • the transmission control unit 530 is configured to: if the activation message from the base station is received, activate the secondary transmission configuration according to the activation message, where the activation message is determined by the base station to determine that the communication terminal is in a full-duplex subframe The interfered parameter of the neighboring user terminal interference is sent after meeting the set activation condition;
  • the primary transmission is configured as a primary carrier and the secondary transmission is configured as a secondary carrier;
  • the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier downlink frequency band, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the primary carrier is The time division duplex TDD uplink and downlink is different from the TDD uplink and downlink ratio of the above secondary carrier.
  • the activation message and/or the configuration message further include an invalidation indication parameter, where the effective indication parameter is used to indicate an activation time of the activated secondary transmission configuration.
  • the foregoing transmission control unit 530 is further configured to: when the effective time indicated by the effective indication parameter is valid, activate the secondary transmission configuration according to the activation message.
  • the effective indication parameter includes an effective period and an offset; the configuration message carries the validity period, and the activation message carries the offset; or the configuration message carries the effective period and the offset Or the above activation message carries the above-mentioned effective period and the above offset.
  • the activated secondary transmission configuration is activated once or validated multiple times or periodically.
  • the transmission control unit 530 is further configured to: after receiving the activation message from the base station, if receiving a deactivation message from the base station, deactivating the secondary transmission configuration according to the deactivation message. .
  • the transmitter 520 may be configured to report a measurement report to the base station, where the measurement report includes an interference parameter that is interfered by the communication terminal by a neighboring user terminal in a full-duplex subframe.
  • the interference parameter is used to describe the energy of an uplink reference signal of a neighboring user terminal in a full duplex subframe.
  • the setting the activation condition includes: the energy of the uplink reference signal of the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe described by the interference parameter is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the transmitter 520 may be configured to: report the location information of the communication terminal to the base station, so that the base station determines, according to the location information, that the communication terminal is received in a full-duplex subframe.
  • Interference parameters interfered by adjacent user terminals include: a physical location distance between the communication terminal and the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe.
  • the setting the activation condition may include: the physical location distance between the adjacent user terminal in the full duplex subframe is greater than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the foregoing transmission control unit when the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier downlink frequency band, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band, the foregoing transmission control unit is further configured to use the foregoing primary The carrier and the secondary carrier independently perform uplink/downlink transmission or do not use the primary carrier and the secondary carrier to perform uplink/downlink transmission independently; or the foregoing transmission control unit is further configured to perform uplink transmission by using the primary carrier and the secondary carrier.
  • the downlink transmission is not performed, or the foregoing transmission control unit is further configured to perform downlink transmission using the primary carrier and the secondary carrier without performing uplink transmission.
  • the base station may use the downlink directional transmission in the full-duplex subframe, where the beam corresponding to the downlink directional transmission covers the first user terminal.
  • the test step increases the system capacity.
  • the base station may further send, to the neighboring base station, a downlink directional transmission parameter, where the downlink directional transmission is performed by the base station in the full-duplex sub-frame, where the downlink directional transmission parameter includes Beam pointing and / or beam width, etc.
  • the base station sends the downlink directional transmission parameter to the neighboring base station, so that the neighboring base station can perform interference coordination processing according to the foregoing, thereby facilitating reducing interference between cells and further improving system capacity.
  • the base station may further notify the neighbor base station of the full duplex subframe. The above-mentioned full-duplex subframe of the base station notifies the neighboring base station, so that the neighboring base station can perform interference coordination processing according to the foregoing, thereby facilitating reducing interference between cells and further improving system capacity.
  • the communication terminal 500 in the cell receives the configuration message from the base station, where the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, which is used to indicate the secondary transmission configuration configured by the base station for the communication terminal 500.
  • the primary transmission configuration of the M user terminals in the cell is different from the primary transmission configuration of the communication terminal 500, wherein the communication terminal 500 is one of the M user terminals, wherein the primary transmission configuration may be
  • the primary carrier is configured and the secondary transmission is configured as a secondary carrier.
  • the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier downlink frequency band, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the primary carrier is The time division duplex TDD uplink and downlink is different from the TDD uplink and downlink ratio of the above secondary carrier.
  • the communication terminal 500 reports the interfered parameter that the communication terminal 500 is interfered by the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe in the above-mentioned base station, so that the base station determines, according to the interfered parameter, whether the auxiliary terminal is activated by the activation message. Transfer configuration.
  • the communication architecture can enhance the overall system capacity by enhancing the base station upgrade, and it can be seen that the above solution is beneficial to Apply full-duplex technology while minimizing changes to user terminals.
  • the base station determines, according to the obtained interference parameter that the communication terminal 500 interferes with the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe, whether the auxiliary transmission configuration is activated by the activation message for the communication terminal 500,
  • the interference can be controlled to a certain extent, which is beneficial to reduce the mutual interference of the full-duplex communication, thereby facilitating the quality of the communication.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a communication terminal 600 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the communication terminal 600 may include an antenna 601, a processor 602, and a memory 603.
  • the processor 602 calls the code stored in the memory 603 for receiving through the antenna 601. a configuration message from the base station, where the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, where the secondary configuration indication is used to indicate a secondary transmission configuration configured by the base station for the communication terminal 600, where the secondary transmission configuration of the communication terminal 600 is
  • the main transmission configuration of the M user terminals in the cell is different, the communication terminal 600 is one of the M user terminals, and the M is a positive integer; and reporting to the base station that the communication terminal 600 is received in a full-duplex subframe
  • the interference parameter of the interference of the adjacent user terminal if the activation message from the base station is received, the secondary transmission configuration is activated according to the activation message, wherein the activation message is determined by the base station to determine that the communication terminal 600 is in the full duplex
  • the interfered parameter in the frame interfered by the adjacent user terminal is sent after conforming to the set activation condition.
  • the M user terminals may be some or all of the user terminals in the foregoing cell.
  • the primary transmission configuration may be a primary carrier and the secondary transmission configured as a secondary carrier.
  • the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier downlink frequency band, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the primary carrier is The time division duplex TDD uplink and downlink is different from the TDD uplink and downlink ratio of the above secondary carrier.
  • the location of the full-duplex subframe in which the communication terminal 600 performs interference measurement may be displayed or implicitly indicated by the base station, and the communication terminal 600 performs interference measurement in a full-duplex subframe that can be displayed or implicitly indicated at the base station.
  • the base station may obtain an interfered parameter that the N user terminals including the communication terminal 600 are interfered by the neighboring user terminals in some or all of the full duplex subframes.
  • the foregoing base station may display or implicitly indicate a full-duplex subframe to be measured to the N user terminals, and the N user terminals may report the full-duplex to be measured indicated by the base station to the base station.
  • the above-mentioned N user terminals in the frame are interfered with parameters interfered by adjacent user terminals.
  • the foregoing N user terminals may also report to the base station the interfered parameters that the N user terminals are interfered with by the neighboring user terminals in part or all of the full-duplex subframes.
  • the base station may display a full-duplex subframe indicating the measurement to be performed to the N user terminals, that is, send an explicit measurement request to the N user terminals, and perform interference measurement based on the specific time-frequency resource, where the specific resource is full-duplex. Subframe.
  • the base station may implicitly indicate to the N user terminals that the full duplex subframe to be measured, that is, the N user terminals receive the secondary transmission configuration, and the N terminals may pass The secondary transmission configuration and the primary transmission configuration are compared to determine the location of the full-duplex subframe, and the interference measurement is performed based on the full-duplex subframe.
  • the secondary transmission configuration configured by the base station for the user terminal does not necessarily take effect immediately, especially the full-duplex subframe.
  • the full-duplex subframe is for the user terminal that is not configured with the secondary transmission configuration. It is said that it is still an uplink subframe, and for a user terminal configured with a secondary transmission configuration, it can be regarded as a blank subframe that can be used for performing side-quantity, that is, in a blank subframe, a user terminal configured with a secondary transmission configuration does not need to do
  • the uplink signal is sent, and the downlink signal from the base station is not received, and some or all of the blank subframes can be used as the measured subframe.
  • the activation message and/or the configuration message may further include an effective indication parameter, where the effective indication parameter is used to indicate an effective time of the activated secondary transmission configuration.
  • the activation message and/or the configuration message may not carry the effective indication parameter, and the processor 602 may activate the activated secondary transmission configuration according to the agreed effective time.
  • the base station and the communication terminal 600 described above can agree that the uth radio frame after the activation message is issued is valid.
  • the above-described validation indication parameters may include, for example, an effective period and/or an offset.
  • the configuration message may carry the validity period, and the activation message may carry the offset; or the configuration message may carry the validity period and the offset; or the activation message may carry the effective period and the offset.
  • the configuration message of the H does not carry the validity period
  • the activation message carries the offset.
  • the base station can configure the secondary configuration of multiple user terminals by using the same configuration message, for example, by using the activation message. Different offsets (for example, different user terminals may correspond to different offsets) to achieve fairness of user terminal scheduling and to reduce interference between user terminals.
  • the above-mentioned effective indication parameter indicates that the activated secondary transmission configuration is activated once or validated multiple times (eg, 2 times, 4 times, 8 times, 16 times, 32 times, or other times) or periodically. Effective (where the period of validity of the periodicity may be due to the base station indication or pre-arranged or agreed by the agreement).
  • the base station may also indicate the health of the secondary transmission configuration without using the effective indication parameter for the scenario that takes effect once or takes effect for a limited number of times (such as 2 times, 4 times, 8 times, 16 times, 32 times, or other times).
  • the validity time for example, may be agreed to take effect on the uth radio frame after the activation message is sent, where u is a positive integer.
  • the processor 602 may be further configured to: if the deactivation message from the base station is received, deactivate the secondary transmission according to the deactivation message. Configuration. It can be understood that by introducing an activation and deactivation mechanism of the secondary transmission configuration, it is advantageous to improve the flexibility of the secondary transmission configuration.
  • the base station may not perform the operation of deactivating the secondary transmission configuration, because the secondary transmission configuration only takes effect once or several times and then automatically fails. It can be understood that by introducing an automatic deactivation mechanism of the secondary transmission configuration, it is advantageous to reduce the control signaling overhead.
  • the interference parameter that is interfered by the user terminal in the full-duplex subframe by the neighboring user terminal may be a parameter that can represent or obtain the degree to which the user terminal is interfered by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe. .
  • the processor 602 reports the interfered parameter that the communication terminal 600 is interfered by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe, and the processor 602 may report the measurement to the base station. It is reported that the above measurement report includes the interference parameter that the communication terminal 600 interferes with by the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe.
  • the above interference parameter is used to describe the energy of an uplink reference signal of a neighboring user terminal in a full duplex subframe.
  • the setting activation condition may include: the energy of the uplink reference signal of the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe described by the interference parameter is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first threshold is, for example, -100dbm, -80dbm, -50dbm, -40dbm, -30dbm or other values that meet the needs of the actual scenario.
  • the value of the first threshold may range from -100 dbm to -30 dbm.
  • the first threshold may also have other ranges of values that meet the needs of the actual scenario.
  • the processor 602 reports the interfered parameter that the communication terminal 600 is interfered by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe, and the processor 602 reports the foregoing to the base station.
  • the location information of the communication terminal 600 is such that the base station determines, according to the location information, the interfered parameter that the communication terminal 600 interferes with by the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe.
  • the interference parameter that the communication terminal 600 interferes with by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe may include: a physical location distance between the communication terminal 600 and the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe (wherein The physical location distance between the communication terminal 600 and the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe may indicate to some extent the extent to which the communication terminal 600 interferes with the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe, for example. The smaller the physical location distance is, the smaller the interference of the communication terminal 600 by the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe, and the greater the physical location distance, indicating that the communication terminal 600 is subjected to the phase in the full-duplex subframe. The interference of neighboring user terminals is larger).
  • the setting the activation condition may include: the physical location distance between the adjacent user terminal in the full duplex subframe is greater than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the second threshold may be, for example, 10 meters, 15 meters, 20 meters, 30 meters, 50 meters, 100 meters or other values required to meet the actual scene.
  • the processor 602 uses the primary carrier and the secondary carrier. Performing uplink/downlink transmission independently or using the above-mentioned primary carrier and the secondary carrier independently for uplink/downlink transmission; or the processor 602 uses the primary carrier and the secondary carrier to perform uplink transmission without downlink transmission, or the foregoing processor 602 uses the above primary carrier and the secondary carrier to perform downlink transmission without uplink transmission.
  • the base station may use downlink directional transmission in the full-duplex subframe, where the beam corresponding to the downlink directional transmission covers the communication terminal 600.
  • the test step increases the system capacity.
  • the base station may further send, to the neighboring base station, a downlink directional transmission parameter, where the downlink directional transmission is performed by the base station in the full-duplex sub-frame, where the downlink directional transmission parameter includes Beam pointing and / or beam width, etc.
  • the base station sends the downlink directional transmission parameters to the neighboring base station, so that the neighboring base station can perform interference coordination processing according to the foregoing, thereby facilitating the reduction of interference between the cells and further improving the system capacity.
  • the base station may further notify the neighbor base station of the full duplex subframe.
  • the above-mentioned full-duplex subframe of the base station notifies the neighboring base station, so that the neighboring base station can perform interference according to the Coordinated processing, which in turn helps reduce interference between cells and further increases system capacity.
  • the functions of the functional modules of the communication terminal 600 of the present embodiment may be specifically implemented according to the method in the following method embodiments. For the specific implementation process, reference may be made to the related description of the foregoing method embodiments, and details are not described herein again. .
  • the communication terminal 600 in the cell receives the configuration message from the base station, where the configuration message carries the secondary configuration indication, which is used to indicate the secondary transmission configuration configured by the base station for the communication terminal 600.
  • the primary transmission configuration of the M user terminals in the cell is different from the primary transmission configuration of the communication terminal 600, wherein the communication terminal 600 is one of the M user terminals, wherein the primary transmission configuration may be
  • the primary carrier is configured and the secondary transmission is configured as a secondary carrier.
  • the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier downlink frequency band, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the primary carrier is The time division duplex TDD uplink and downlink is different from the TDD uplink and downlink ratio of the above secondary carrier.
  • the communication terminal 600 reports to the base station the interfered parameter that the communication terminal 600 is interfered by the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe, so that the base station determines, according to the interfered parameter, whether the auxiliary terminal is activated by the activation message. Transfer configuration.
  • the communication architecture can increase the overall system capacity by enhancing the base station upgrade. It can be seen that the above scheme is beneficial to minimize Apply full-duplex technology on the premise of changing the user terminal.
  • the base station determines, according to the obtained interference parameter that the communication terminal 600 interferes with the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe, whether the secondary transmission configuration is activated by the activation message for the communication terminal 600,
  • the interference can be controlled to a certain extent, which is beneficial to reduce the mutual interference of the full-duplex communication, thereby facilitating the quality of the communication.
  • FIG. 7 is a structural block diagram of a communication terminal 700 according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the communication terminal 700 can include at least one processor 701, at least one network interface 704 or other user interface 703, a memory 705, and at least one communication bus 702. Communication bus 702 is used to implement connection communication between these components.
  • the communication terminal 700 optionally includes a user interface 703, including: a display (eg, a touch screen, an LCD, a CRT, a holographic imaging, or a projection) Projector, etc., click on a device (for example, a mouse, a trackball touchpad or a touch screen, etc.), a camera, and/or a pickup device.
  • the memory 702 can include, for example, a read only memory and a random access memory, and provides instructions and data to the processor 701.
  • a portion of the memory 702 also includes non-volatile memory (NVRAM) and the like.
  • NVRAM non-volatile memory
  • memory 705 stores the following elements, executable modules or data structures, or a subset thereof, or their extension set:
  • the operating system 7051 which contains various system programs for implementing various basic services and handling hardware-based tasks.
  • the application module 7052 includes various applications for implementing various application services.
  • the processor 701 receives a configuration message from the base station by using a program or an instruction stored in the memory 705.
  • the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, where the secondary configuration indication is used to indicate that the base station is the foregoing
  • the secondary transmission configuration of the communication terminal 700 wherein the secondary transmission configuration of the communication terminal 700 is different from the primary transmission configuration of the M user terminals in the cell, and the communication terminal 700 is one of the M user terminals, M is a positive integer; and the above-mentioned base station reports the interfered parameter that the communication terminal 700 is interfered by the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe; if the activation message from the base station is received, the secondary transmission is activated according to the activation message.
  • the foregoing activation message is sent by the base station after determining that the interference parameter of the communication terminal 700 interfered by the adjacent user terminal in the full duplex subframe meets the set activation condition.
  • the M user terminals may be some or all of the user terminals in the foregoing cell.
  • the primary transmission configuration may be a primary carrier and the secondary transmission configured as a secondary carrier.
  • the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier downlink frequency band, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the primary carrier is The time division duplex TDD uplink and downlink is different from the TDD uplink and downlink ratio of the above secondary carrier.
  • the location of the full-duplex subframe in which the communication terminal 700 performs interference measurement may be displayed or implicitly indicated by the base station, and the communication terminal 700 performs interference measurement in a full-duplex subframe that can be displayed or implicitly indicated at the base station.
  • the base station may obtain an interfered parameter that the N user terminals including the communication terminal 700 are interfered by neighboring user terminals in some or all of the full duplex subframes.
  • the foregoing base station may display or implicitly indicate a full-duplex subframe to be measured to the N user terminals, and the N user terminals may report the full-duplex to be measured indicated by the base station to the base station.
  • the above-mentioned N user terminals in the frame are interfered with parameters interfered by adjacent user terminals.
  • the foregoing N user terminals may also report to the base station the interfered parameters that the N user terminals interfere with by the neighboring user terminals in part or all of the full-duplex subframes.
  • the base station may display a full-duplex subframe indicating the measurement to be performed to the N user terminals, that is, send an explicit measurement request to the N user terminals, and perform interference measurement based on the specific time-frequency resource, where the specific resource is full-duplex. Subframe.
  • the base station may implicitly indicate to the N user terminals that the full-duplex subframe to be measured, that is, the N user terminals receive the secondary transmission configuration, where the N terminals can compare the secondary transmission configuration and the primary transmission configuration. The position of the full-duplex subframe is determined, and interference measurement is performed based on the full-duplex subframe.
  • the secondary transmission configuration configured by the base station for the user terminal does not necessarily take effect immediately, especially the full-duplex subframe.
  • the full-duplex subframe is for the user terminal that is not configured with the secondary transmission configuration. It is said that it is still an uplink subframe, and for a user terminal configured with a secondary transmission configuration, it can be regarded as a blank subframe that can be used for performing side-quantity, that is, in a blank subframe, a user terminal configured with a secondary transmission configuration does not need to do
  • the uplink signal is sent, and the downlink signal from the base station is not received, and some or all of the blank subframes can be used as the measured subframe.
  • the activation message and/or the configuration message may further include an effective indication parameter, where the effective indication parameter is used to indicate an effective time of the activated secondary transmission configuration.
  • the activation message and/or the configuration message may not carry the effective indication parameter, and the processor 701 may activate the activated secondary transmission configuration according to the agreed effective time.
  • the base station and the communication terminal 700 described above may agree that the uth radio frame after the activation message is issued is valid.
  • the above-described validation indication parameters may include, for example, an effective period and/or an offset.
  • the configuration message may carry the validity period, where the activation message may carry the offset; or the configuration message may carry the validity period and the offset; or the activation message.
  • the above effective period and the above offset can be carried.
  • the configuration message of the H does not carry the validity period
  • the activation message carries the offset.
  • the base station can configure the secondary configuration of multiple user terminals by using the same configuration message, for example, by using the activation message. Different offsets (for example, different user terminals may correspond to different offsets) to achieve fairness of user terminal scheduling and to reduce interference between user terminals.
  • the above-mentioned effective indication parameter indicates that the activated secondary transmission configuration is activated once or validated multiple times (eg, 2 times, 4 times, 8 times, 16 times, 32 times, or other times) or periodically. Effective (where the period of validity of the periodicity may be due to the base station indication or pre-arranged or agreed by the agreement).
  • the base station may also use the effective indication parameter to indicate the effective time of the secondary transmission configuration, for example, in a scenario where the primary transmission takes effect or takes effect for a limited number of times (such as 2 times, 4 times, 8 times, 16 times, 32 times, or other times), for example, It may be agreed that the uth radio frame after the activation message is sent is valid, where u is a positive integer.
  • the processor 701 may be further configured to: if the deactivation message from the base station is received, deactivate the secondary transmission according to the deactivation message. Configuration. It can be understood that by introducing an activation and deactivation mechanism of the secondary transmission configuration, it is advantageous to improve the flexibility of the secondary transmission configuration.
  • the base station may not perform the operation of deactivating the secondary transmission configuration, because the secondary transmission configuration only takes effect once or several times and then automatically fails. It can be understood that by introducing an automatic deactivation mechanism of the secondary transmission configuration, it is advantageous to reduce the control signaling overhead.
  • the interference parameter that is interfered by the user terminal in the full-duplex subframe by the neighboring user terminal may be a parameter that can represent or obtain the degree to which the user terminal is interfered by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe. .
  • the processor 701 reports the communication terminal to the base station.
  • the interference parameter that is interfered by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe may include: the processor 701 reporting the measurement report to the base station, where the measurement report includes the communication terminal 700 being adjacent in the full-duplex subframe Interfered parameters of user terminal interference.
  • the above disturbed parameters are used to describe in full double
  • the setting the activation condition may include: the energy of the uplink reference signal of the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe described by the interference parameter is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first threshold is, for example, -100dbm, -80dbm, -50dbm, -40dbm, -30dbm or other values that meet the needs of the actual scenario.
  • the value of the first threshold may range from -100 dbm to -30 dbm.
  • the first threshold may also have other ranges of values that meet the needs of the actual scenario.
  • the processor 701 reports the interfered parameter that the communication terminal 700 is interfered by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe, and the processor 701 reports the foregoing to the base station.
  • the location information of the communication terminal 700 is configured to enable the base station to determine, according to the location information, the interfered parameter that the communication terminal 700 interferes with by the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe.
  • the interference parameter that the communication terminal 700 interferes with by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe may include: a physical location distance between the communication terminal 700 and the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe (wherein The physical location distance between the communication terminal 700 and the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe may indicate to some extent the extent to which the communication terminal 700 is interfered by the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe, for example. The smaller the physical location distance is, the smaller the interference of the communication terminal 700 by the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe, and the greater the physical location distance, indicating that the communication terminal 700 is subjected to the phase in the full-duplex subframe. The interference of neighboring user terminals is larger).
  • the setting the activation condition may include: the physical location distance between the adjacent user terminal in the full duplex subframe is greater than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the second threshold may be, for example, 10 meters, 15 meters, 20 meters, 30 meters, 50 meters, 100 meters or other values required to meet the actual scene.
  • the processor 701 uses the primary carrier and the secondary carrier. Performing uplink/downlink transmission independently or using the above-mentioned primary carrier and the secondary carrier independently for uplink/downlink transmission; or the processor 701 uses the primary carrier and the secondary carrier to perform uplink transmission without downlink transmission, or the foregoing processor 701 uses the above primary carrier and the secondary carrier to perform downlink transmission without uplink transmission.
  • the base station may use downlink directional transmission in the full duplex subframe, where the downlink directional transmission corresponding beam covers the communication terminal 700. Test steps increase system capacity.
  • the base station may further send, to the neighboring base station, a downlink directional transmission parameter, where the downlink directional transmission is performed by the base station in the full-duplex sub-frame, where the downlink directional transmission parameter includes Beam pointing and / or beam width, etc.
  • the base station sends the downlink directional transmission parameters to the neighboring base station, so that the neighboring base station can perform interference coordination processing according to the foregoing, thereby facilitating the reduction of interference between the cells and further improving the system capacity.
  • the base station may further notify the neighbor base station of the full duplex subframe.
  • the above-mentioned full-duplex subframe of the base station notifies the neighboring base station, so that the neighboring base station can perform interference coordination processing according to the foregoing, thereby facilitating reducing interference between cells and further improving system capacity.
  • the communication terminal 700 in the cell receives the configuration message from the base station, where the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, which is used to indicate the secondary transmission configuration configured by the base station for the communication terminal 700.
  • the primary transmission configuration of the M user terminals in the cell is different from the primary transmission configuration of the communication terminal 700, wherein the communication terminal 700 is one of the M user terminals, wherein the primary transmission configuration may be
  • the primary carrier is configured and the secondary transmission is configured as a secondary carrier.
  • the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier downlink frequency band, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the primary carrier is The time division duplex TDD uplink and downlink is different from the TDD uplink and downlink ratio of the above secondary carrier.
  • the communication terminal 700 reports the interfered parameter that the communication terminal 700 is interfered by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe, so that the base station determines, according to the interfered parameter, whether to activate the auxiliary terminal for the communication terminal 700 by using the activation message. Transfer configuration.
  • the communication architecture can increase the overall system capacity by enhancing the base station upgrade. Apply full-duplex technology while minimizing changes to user terminals.
  • the base station determines, according to the obtained interference parameter that the communication terminal 700 interferes with the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe, whether to activate the auxiliary transmission configuration by using the activation message for the communication terminal 700,
  • the interference can be controlled to a certain extent, which is beneficial to reduce the mutual interference of the full-duplex communication, thereby facilitating the quality of the communication.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a schematic diagram of a mobile communication terminal 800, wherein the mobile communication terminal 800 can be used to implement some or all of the functions of the communication terminal 500 or the communication terminal 600 or the communication terminal 700 in the above embodiment.
  • the mobile communication terminal 800 can be used to implement some or all of the functions of the communication terminal 500 or the communication terminal 600 or the communication terminal 700 in the above embodiment.
  • Fig. 8 for the convenience of description, only some of the parts which may be related to the embodiment of the present invention are shown, and some of the specific technical details are not disclosed. Please refer to the method part of the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the mobile communication terminal 800 includes a radio frequency (RF) circuit 810, a memory 820, an input unit 830, a wireless fidelity (WiFi) module 870, a display unit 840, a sensor 850, an audio circuit 860, and processing.
  • RF radio frequency
  • WiFi wireless fidelity
  • the structure of the mobile communication terminal 800 shown in FIG. 8 does not constitute a limitation of the mobile communication terminal, and may include more or less components, or some components, or Different parts are arranged.
  • the RF circuit 810 can be used to receive and transmit signals during the transmission and reception of information or during a call.
  • the processor 880 processes the data.
  • the uplink data is designed to be sent to the base station.
  • RF circuits include, but are not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a Low Noise Amplifier (LNA), a duplexer, and the like.
  • RF circuitry 810 can also communicate with the network and other devices via wireless communication.
  • the above wireless communication may use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to Global System of Mobile communication (GSM), General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), and code division multiple access ( Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), Long Term Evolution (LTE), E-mail, Short Messaging Service (SMS), etc.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • SMS Short Messaging Service
  • the memory 820 can be used to store software programs and modules, and the processor 880 executes various functional applications and data processing of the mobile communication terminal by running software programs and modules stored in the memory 820.
  • the memory 820 may mainly include a storage program area and a storage data area, wherein the storage program area may store an operating system, an application required for at least one function (such as a sound playing function, an image playing function, etc.), and the like; the storage data area may be stored according to Data created by the use of the mobile communication terminal (such as audio data, phone book, etc.).
  • memory 820 can include high speed random access memory, and can also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other volatile solid state storage device.
  • Input unit 830 can be used to receive input numeric or character information, as well as to generate key signal inputs related to user settings and function control of mobile communication terminal 800.
  • the input unit 830 can include a touch panel 831 and other input devices 832.
  • the touch panel 831 also referred to as a touch screen, can collect touch operations on or near the user (such as a user using a finger, a stylus, or the like on the touch panel 831 or near the touch panel 831. Operation), and drive the corresponding connecting device according to a preset program.
  • the touch panel 831 can include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller.
  • the touch detection device detects the touch orientation of the user, and detects a signal brought by the touch operation, and transmits the signal to the touch controller; the touch controller receives the touch information from the touch detection device, converts the touch information into contact coordinates, and sends the touch information
  • the processor 880 is provided and can receive commands from the processor 880 and execute them.
  • the touch panel 831 can be implemented in various types such as resistive, capacitive, infrared, and surface acoustic waves.
  • the input unit 830 can also include other input devices 832.
  • other input devices 832 may include, but are not limited to, one or more of a physical keyboard, function keys (such as volume control buttons, switch buttons, etc.), trackballs, mice, joysticks, and the like.
  • the display unit 840 can be used to display information input by the user or information provided to the user and various menus of the mobile communication terminal.
  • the display unit 840 can include a display panel 841.
  • the display panel 841 can be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), or the like.
  • the touch panel 831 can cover the display panel 841. When the touch panel 831 detects a touch operation thereon or nearby, the touch panel 831 transmits to the processor 880 to determine the type of the touch event, and then the processor 880 according to the touch event. The type provides a corresponding visual output on display panel 841.
  • the board 841 functions as two separate components to implement input and input functions of the mobile communication terminal, but in some embodiments, the touch panel 831 can be integrated with the display panel 841 to implement input and output functions of the mobile communication terminal.
  • the mobile communication terminal 800 may further include at least one type of sensor 850, such as a light sensor, a motion sensor, and other sensors.
  • the light sensor may include an ambient light sensor and a proximity sensor, wherein the ambient light sensor may adjust the brightness of the display panel 841 according to the brightness of the ambient light, and the proximity sensor may close the display panel 841 when the mobile communication terminal moves to the ear. And / or backlight.
  • the accelerometer sensor can detect the acceleration of all directions (usually three axes), and the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected at rest, which can be used to identify the posture of the mobile communication terminal (such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, Related games, magnetometer attitude calibration), vibration recognition related functions (such as pedometer, tapping), etc.; other sensors such as gyroscopes, barometers, hygrometers, thermometers, and infrared sensors that can be configured for mobile communication terminals, This will not be repeated here.
  • An audio circuit 860, a speaker 861, and a microphone 862 provide an audio interface between the user and the mobile communication terminal.
  • the audio circuit 860 can transmit the converted electrical data of the received audio data to the speaker 861, and convert it into a sound signal output by the speaker 861; on the other hand, the microphone 862 converts the collected sound signal into an electrical signal, and the audio circuit 860 After receiving, it is converted into audio data, and then processed by the audio data output processor 880, transmitted to the mobile communication terminal by the RF circuit 810, or outputted to the memory 820 for further processing.
  • WiFi is a short-range wireless transmission technology
  • the mobile communication terminal can help users to send and receive emails, browse web pages, and access streaming media through the WiFi module 870, which provides users with wireless broadband Internet access.
  • FIG. 8 shows the WiFi module 870, it can be understood that it does not belong to the essential configuration of the mobile communication terminal 800, and can be omitted as needed within the scope of not changing the essence of the invention.
  • the processor 880 is a control center of the mobile communication terminal, and connects various parts of the entire mobile communication terminal by various interfaces and lines, by running or executing software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 820, and calling them in the memory 820.
  • the processor 880 may include one or more processing units; preferably, the processor 880 may integrate the application processor and the modulation and demodulation processing.
  • the application processor mainly processes an operating system, a user interface, an application, etc.
  • the modem processor mainly processes wireless communication.
  • modem processor may also not be integrated into the processor 880.
  • the mobile communication terminal 800 also includes a power source 890 (such as a battery) that supplies power to various components.
  • a power source 890 such as a battery
  • the power source can be logically coupled to the processor 880 through a power management system to manage functions such as charging, discharging, and power management through the power management system.
  • the mobile communication terminal 800 may further include a camera, a Bluetooth module, and the like, and details are not described herein.
  • the processor 880 receives the configuration message from the base station, where the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, where the secondary configuration indication is used to indicate the secondary transmission configured by the base station for the mobile communication terminal 800.
  • the secondary transmission configuration of the mobile communication terminal 800 is different from the primary transmission configuration of the M user terminals in the cell, wherein the mobile communication terminal 800 is one of the M user terminals, and the M is a positive integer; And reporting, by the foregoing base station, the interfered parameter that the mobile communication terminal 800 is interfered by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe; if the activation message from the base station is received, the auxiliary transmission configuration is activated according to the activation message, The activation message is sent by the base station after determining that the interference parameter of the mobile communication terminal 800 interfered by the adjacent user terminal in the full duplex subframe meets the set activation condition.
  • the M user terminals may be some or all of the user terminals in the foregoing cell.
  • the primary transmission configuration may be a primary carrier and the secondary transmission configured as a secondary carrier.
  • the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier downlink frequency band, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the primary carrier is The time division duplex TDD uplink and downlink is different from the TDD uplink and downlink ratio of the above secondary carrier.
  • the location of the full-duplex subframe in which the mobile communication terminal 800 performs interference measurement may be indicated or implicitly indicated by the base station, and the mobile communication terminal 800 performs interference measurement in a full-duplex subframe that can be displayed or implicitly indicated at the base station.
  • the base station may obtain an interfered parameter that the N user terminals including the mobile communication terminal 800 are interfered by neighboring user terminals in some or all of the full duplex subframes.
  • the foregoing base station may display or implicitly indicate a full-duplex subframe to be measured to the N user terminals.
  • the N user terminals may report, to the base station, the interfered parameter that the N user terminals are interfered by the neighboring user terminals in the full duplex subframe to be measured indicated by the base station.
  • the foregoing N user terminals may also report to the base station the interfered parameters that the N user terminals interfere with by the neighboring user terminals in part or all of the full-duplex subframes.
  • the base station may display a full-duplex subframe indicating the measurement to be performed to the N user terminals, that is, send an explicit measurement request to the N user terminals, and perform interference measurement based on the specific time-frequency resource, where the specific resource is full-duplex. Subframe.
  • the base station may implicitly indicate to the N user terminals that the full-duplex subframe to be measured, that is, the N user terminals receive the secondary transmission configuration, where the N terminals can compare the secondary transmission configuration and the primary transmission configuration. The position of the full-duplex subframe is determined, and interference measurement is performed based on the full-duplex subframe.
  • the secondary transmission configuration configured by the base station for the user terminal does not necessarily take effect immediately, especially the full-duplex subframe.
  • the full-duplex subframe is for the user terminal that is not configured with the secondary transmission configuration. It is said that it is still an uplink subframe, and for a user terminal configured with a secondary transmission configuration, it can be regarded as a blank subframe that can be used for performing side-quantity, that is, in a blank subframe, a user terminal configured with a secondary transmission configuration does not need to do
  • the uplink signal is sent, and the downlink signal from the base station is not received, and some or all of the blank subframes can be used as the measured subframe.
  • the activation message and/or the configuration message may further include an effective indication parameter, where the effective indication parameter is used to indicate an effective time of the activated secondary transmission configuration.
  • the activation message and/or the configuration message may not carry the effective indication parameter, and the processor 880 may activate the activated secondary transmission configuration according to the agreed effective time.
  • the base station and the above mobile communication terminal 800 can agree that the uth radio frame after the activation message is issued is valid.
  • the above-described validation indication parameters may include, for example, an effective period and/or an offset.
  • the configuration message may carry the validity period, and the activation message may carry the offset; or the configuration message may carry the validity period and the offset; or the activation message may carry the effective period and the offset.
  • the H does not have the foregoing configuration message, and the activation message carries the offset.
  • the base station can configure multiple user terminals by using the same configuration message.
  • the secondary configuration can activate the different offsets in the message (for example, different user terminals can correspond to different offsets) to achieve fairness of user terminal scheduling and reduce interference between user terminals.
  • the above-mentioned effective indication parameter indicates that the activated secondary transmission configuration is activated once or validated multiple times (eg, 2 times, 4 times, 8 times, 16 times, 32 times, or other times) or periodically. Effective (where the period of validity of the periodicity may be due to the base station indication or pre-arranged or agreed by the agreement).
  • the base station may also use the effective indication parameter to indicate the effective time of the secondary transmission configuration, for example, in a scenario where the primary transmission takes effect or takes effect for a limited number of times (such as 2 times, 4 times, 8 times, 16 times, 32 times, or other times), for example, It may be agreed that the uth radio frame after the activation message is sent is valid, where u is a positive integer.
  • the processor 880 may be further configured to: if the deactivation message from the base station is received, deactivate the secondary transmission according to the deactivation message. Configuration. It can be understood that by introducing an activation and deactivation mechanism of the secondary transmission configuration, it is advantageous to improve the flexibility of the secondary transmission configuration.
  • the base station may not perform the operation of deactivating the secondary transmission configuration, because the secondary transmission configuration only takes effect once or several times and then automatically fails. It can be understood that by introducing an automatic deactivation mechanism of the secondary transmission configuration, it is advantageous to reduce the control signaling overhead.
  • the interference parameter that is interfered by the user terminal in the full-duplex subframe by the neighboring user terminal may be a parameter that can represent or obtain the degree to which the user terminal is interfered by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe. .
  • the processor 880 reports, to the base station, the interfered parameter that the mobile communication terminal 800 is interfered with by the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe, and may include: the processor 880 reports the foregoing to the base station.
  • the measurement report includes the interference parameter that the mobile communication terminal 800 interferes with by the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe.
  • the interference parameter described above is used to describe the energy of an uplink reference signal of a neighboring user terminal in a full-duplex subframe.
  • the setting the activation condition may include: the energy of the uplink reference signal of the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe described by the interference parameter is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first threshold is, for example, -100dbm, -80dbm, -50dbm, -40dbm, -30dbm or other values that can meet the needs of the actual scenario.
  • the value of the first threshold may range from -100 dbm to -30 dbm.
  • the first threshold may also have other ranges of values that meet the needs of the actual scenario.
  • the processor 880 reports, to the base station, the interfered parameter that the mobile communication terminal 800 is interfered by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe, and the processor 880 reports to the base station.
  • the location information of the mobile communication terminal 800 is configured such that the base station determines, according to the location information, the interfered parameter that the mobile communication terminal 800 interferes with by the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe.
  • the interference parameter that the mobile communication terminal 800 interferes with by the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe may include: a physical location distance between the mobile communication terminal 800 and the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe (wherein, the physical location distance between the mobile communication terminal 800 and the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe may be characterized to some extent that the mobile communication terminal 800 is interfered by the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe.
  • the degree of the physical location indicates that the mobile communication terminal 800 is less interfered by the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe, and the physical location distance is larger, indicating that the mobile communication terminal 800 is in the full double
  • the interference in the sub-frame is affected by the adjacent user terminal).
  • the setting the activation condition may include: the physical location distance between the adjacent user terminal in the full duplex subframe is greater than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the second threshold may be, for example, 10 meters, 15 meters, 20 meters, 30 meters, 50 meters, 100 meters or other values required to meet the actual scene.
  • the processor 880 uses the primary carrier and the secondary carrier. Performing uplink/downlink transmission independently or using the above-mentioned primary carrier and the secondary carrier independently for uplink/downlink transmission; or the processor 880 uses the primary carrier and the secondary carrier to perform uplink transmission without downlink transmission, or the foregoing processor 880 uses the above primary carrier and the secondary carrier to perform downlink transmission without uplink transmission.
  • the base station may use downlink directional transmission in the full duplex subframe, where the beam corresponding to the downlink directional transmission covers the mobile communication terminal 800. Further increase system capacity.
  • the base station may further send, to the neighboring base station, a downlink directional transmission parameter, where the downlink directional transmission is performed by the base station in the full-duplex sub-frame, where the downlink directional transmission parameter includes Beam pointing and / or beam width, etc.
  • the base station sends the downlink directional transmission parameters to the neighboring base station, so that the neighboring base station can perform interference coordination processing according to the foregoing, thereby facilitating the reduction of interference between the cells and further improving the system capacity.
  • the base station may further notify the neighbor base station of the full duplex subframe.
  • the above-mentioned full-duplex subframe of the base station notifies the neighboring base station, so that the neighboring base station can perform interference coordination processing according to the foregoing, thereby facilitating reducing interference between cells and further improving system capacity.
  • the mobile communication terminal 800 in the cell receives the configuration message from the base station, and the configuration message carries the secondary configuration indication for indicating the secondary transmission configured by the base station for the mobile communication terminal 800.
  • the primary transmission configuration of the M user terminals in the cell is different from the primary transmission configuration of the mobile communication terminal 800, wherein the mobile communication terminal 800 is one of the M user terminals, wherein The primary transmission configuration may be the primary carrier and the secondary transmission configured as the secondary carrier.
  • the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier downlink frequency band, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the primary carrier is The time division duplex TDD uplink and downlink is different from the TDD uplink and downlink ratio of the above secondary carrier.
  • the mobile communication terminal 800 reports the interfered parameter that the mobile communication terminal 800 is interfered by the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe in the above-mentioned base station, so that the base station determines whether the mobile communication terminal 800 is activated by the activation message according to the interfered parameter. Activate the above secondary transmission configuration.
  • the communication architecture can increase the overall system capacity by enhancing the base station upgrade, and it can be seen that the above scheme is beneficial in minimizing Apply full-duplex technology on the premise of changing the user terminal.
  • the base station is obtained according to the above-mentioned mobile communication terminal 800 in a full duplex subframe
  • the interfered parameter interfered by the neighboring user terminal determines whether the secondary transmission configuration is activated by the mobile communication terminal 800 by using the activation message, so that the base station can implement interference control to a certain extent when transmitting data in the full duplex subframe. This is beneficial to reduce mutual interference of full-duplex communication, which in turn helps to ensure the quality of communication.
  • the communication control method may include: the base station sends a configuration message to the N user terminals in the cell, where the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, where the secondary configuration indication is used to indicate the base station
  • the secondary transmission configuration configured for the N user terminals wherein the secondary transmission configuration of the N user terminals is different from the primary transmission configuration of the M user terminals in the cell, where the N user terminals are children of the M user terminals a set, where the foregoing N and M are positive integers
  • the foregoing base station obtains an interference parameter that is interfered by the N user terminals in a full-duplex subframe by a neighboring user terminal, where the full-duplex subframe is in the same frequency band
  • the primary transmission configuration in the same subframe corresponds to the uplink transmission
  • the secondary transmission configuration corresponds to the downlink transmission subframe
  • the base station activates the secondary transmission configuration by using the activation message for the K user terminals of the N user terminals, where The interference parameters of the K user terminal
  • the K user terminals are a subset of the N user terminals, and the K is a positive integer; the primary transmission is configured as a primary carrier and the secondary transmission is configured as a secondary carrier; wherein, the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier and the auxiliary The downlink frequency band of the carrier is the same, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the uplink frequency band of the secondary carrier; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the time-division duplex TDD of the primary carrier is matched with the secondary carrier.
  • the TDD uplink and downlink ratios are different.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a communication control method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a communication control method, which may include the following content:
  • the base station sends a configuration message to the N user terminals in the cell.
  • the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, where the secondary configuration indication is used to indicate a secondary transmission configuration configured by the base station for the N user terminals, where the secondary transmission configuration of the N user terminals is in the cell.
  • the primary transmission configurations of the M user terminals are different, wherein the N user terminals are a subset of the M user terminals.
  • the above N and the above M are positive integers.
  • the M user terminals may be some or all of the user terminals in the foregoing cell.
  • the primary transmission configuration may be a primary carrier and the secondary transmission configured as a secondary carrier.
  • the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier downlink frequency band, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the primary carrier is
  • the time division duplex TDD uplink and downlink is different from the TDD uplink and downlink ratio of the above secondary carrier.
  • the foregoing base station obtains an interference parameter that is interfered by the N user terminals by a neighboring user terminal in a full-duplex subframe.
  • the full-duplex subframe is a subframe in which the primary transmission configuration corresponds to an uplink transmission and the secondary transmission configuration corresponds to a downlink transmission in the same subframe of the same frequency band.
  • the foregoing base station may obtain an interference parameter that is interfered by the N user terminals by neighboring user terminals in part or all of the full duplex subframes.
  • the foregoing base station may display or implicitly indicate a full-duplex subframe to be measured to the N user terminals, and the N user terminals may report the full-duplex to be measured indicated by the base station to the base station.
  • the above-mentioned N user terminals in the frame are interfered with parameters interfered by adjacent user terminals.
  • the foregoing N user terminals may also report to the base station the interfered parameters that the N user terminals interfere with by the neighboring user terminals in part or all of the full-duplex subframes.
  • the base station may display a full-duplex subframe indicating the measurement to be performed to the N user terminals, that is, send an explicit measurement request to the N user terminals, and instruct the user terminal to perform interference measurement based on the specific time-frequency resource, the specific time-frequency.
  • Resources can be full-duplex subframes.
  • the base station may implicitly indicate to the N user terminals that the full duplex subframe to be measured, that is, the N user terminals receive the secondary transmission configuration, where the N terminals can compare the secondary transmission configuration and the primary transmission configuration. The position of the full-duplex subframe is determined, and interference measurement is performed based on the full-duplex subframe.
  • the secondary transmission configuration configured by the base station for the user terminal does not necessarily take effect immediately, especially the full-duplex subframe.
  • the full-duplex subframe is for the user terminal that is not configured with the secondary transmission configuration. It is said that it is still an uplink subframe, and for a user terminal configured with a secondary transmission configuration, it can be regarded as a blank subframe that can be used for performing side-quantity, that is, in a blank subframe, a user terminal configured with a secondary transmission configuration does not need to do Send the uplink signal, and do not need to receive the downlink signal from the base station, part or all A blank sub-frame can be used as a sub-frame for measurement.
  • the foregoing base station activates the secondary transmission configuration for the K user terminals of the N user terminals by using an activation message.
  • the interference parameters of the K user terminals that are interfered by the adjacent user terminals meet the set activation conditions, and the K user terminals may be a subset of the N user terminals.
  • the base station may perform communication with the K user terminals according to the secondary transmission configuration during the period in which the secondary transmission configuration takes effect; of course, after the auxiliary transmission configuration is activated, the secondary transmission configuration is not effective.
  • the base station can still perform communication with the above K user terminals according to the primary transmission configuration.
  • the time period may be, for example, a radio frame.
  • the time period may also be other granularity.
  • the time period may also be a subframe, a time slot, or the like.
  • 3rd Generation Partner Programmer 3rd Generation Partner Programmer
  • one radio frame is 10 milliseconds
  • one radio frame includes 10 subframes or 20 time slots.
  • the base station sends a configuration message to the N user terminals in the cell, where the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, which is used to indicate that the base station configures the secondary transmission configuration for the N user terminals.
  • the primary transmission configuration of the M user terminals in the small area is different from the primary transmission configuration of the N user terminals, where the N user terminals are a subset of the M user terminals, and the primary transmission configuration may be the primary The carrier and the secondary transmission described above are configured as secondary carriers.
  • the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier downlink frequency band, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the primary carrier is
  • the TDD uplink and downlink allocation is different from the TDD uplink and downlink ratio of the above secondary carrier.
  • the communication architecture can increase the overall system capacity by enhancing the base station upgrade, and it can be seen that the above scheme is beneficial in minimizing Apply full-duplex technology on the premise of changing the user terminal.
  • the activation message is the K among the N user terminals.
  • the user terminals activate the above-mentioned secondary transmission configuration, which enables the base station to implement interference control in a full-duplex sub-frame to a certain extent, which is advantageous for reducing mutual interference of full-duplex communication and facilitating communication quality.
  • the activation message and/or the configuration message may further include an effective indication parameter, where the effective indication parameter is used to indicate an effective time of the activated secondary transmission configuration.
  • the activation message and/or the configuration message may not carry the effective indication parameter, and the K user terminals may activate the activated secondary transmission configuration according to the agreed effective time. For example, the above K user terminals may agree to take effect on the uth radio frame after the activation message is sent.
  • the above-described validation indication parameters may include, for example, an effective period and/or an offset.
  • the foregoing configuration message may carry the foregoing effective period
  • the activation message may carry the offset.
  • the above configuration message may carry the above-mentioned effective period and the above offset.
  • the above activation message may carry the above-mentioned effective period and the above offset.
  • the configuration message of the H does not carry the validity period
  • the activation message carries the offset.
  • the base station can configure the secondary configuration of multiple user terminals by using the same configuration message, for example, by using the activation message. Different offsets (for example, different user terminals may correspond to different offsets) to achieve fairness of user terminal scheduling and to reduce interference between user terminals.
  • the above-mentioned effective indication parameter indicates that the activated secondary transmission configuration is activated once or validated multiple times (eg, 2 times, 4 times, 8 times, 16 times, 32 times, or other times) or periodically. Effective (where the period of validity of the periodicity may be due to the base station indication or pre-arranged or agreed by the agreement).
  • the base station may also use the effective indication parameter to indicate the effective time of the secondary transmission configuration, for example, in a scenario where the primary transmission takes effect or takes effect for a limited number of times (such as 2 times, 4 times, 8 times, 16 times, 32 times, or other times), for example, It can be agreed that the uth radio frame after the activation message is sent is valid.
  • the first user terminal in the K user terminal may be, for example, Performing uplink/downlink transmission independently using the above-mentioned primary carrier and the foregoing secondary carrier, or independently performing uplink/downlink transmission using the primary carrier and the secondary carrier; or the first The user terminal performs uplink transmission using the primary carrier and the secondary carrier without downlink transmission, or the first user terminal performs downlink transmission using the primary carrier and the secondary carrier without uplink transmission.
  • the first user terminal may be any one of the K user terminals.
  • the base station may further include: the base station deactivates the K user terminals by using a deactivation message.
  • the base station deactivates the K user terminals by using a deactivation message.
  • the base station may not perform the operation of deactivating the secondary transmission configuration, because the secondary transmission configuration only takes effect once or several times and then automatically fails. It can be understood that by introducing an automatic deactivation mechanism of the secondary transmission configuration, it is advantageous to reduce the control signaling overhead.
  • the interference parameter that is interfered by the user terminal in the full-duplex subframe by the neighboring user terminal may be a parameter that can represent or obtain the degree to which the user terminal is interfered by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe. .
  • the foregoing base station obtains the interference parameter that is interfered by the N user terminals in the full-duplex subframe by the neighboring user terminal, and may include: the foregoing base station receiving the measurement report reported by the N user terminals
  • the measurement report reported by each user terminal of the N user terminals includes an interference parameter that is interfered by the user terminal by a neighboring user terminal in a full-duplex subframe.
  • the above interference parameter is used to describe the energy of the uplink reference signal of a neighboring user terminal in a full duplex subframe.
  • the setting the activation condition may include: the energy of the uplink reference signal of the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe described by the interference parameter is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first threshold can be, for example, -100dbm, -80dbm, -50dbm, -40dbm, -30dbm or other values needed to meet the actual scenario.
  • the value of the first threshold may be from -100 dbm to -30 dbm.
  • the first threshold may also have other values that meet the needs of the actual scenario.
  • the foregoing base station obtains the interference parameter that the N user terminals are interfered with by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe
  • the method may include: the foregoing base station receiving the reported by the N user terminals. Position information, determining the N according to the location information reported by the N user terminals Interference parameters that are interfered by neighboring user terminals in a full-duplex subframe.
  • the interference parameters of the N user terminals that are interfered by the neighboring user terminals in the full-duplex subframe may include: a physical location distance between the N user terminals and the adjacent user terminals in the full-duplex subframe .
  • the setting the activation condition may include: the physical location distance between the adjacent user terminal in the full duplex subframe is greater than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the second threshold may be, for example, 10 meters, 15 meters, 20 meters, 30 meters, 50 meters, 100 meters or other values required to meet the actual scene.
  • the base station may use the downlink directional transmission in the full duplex subframe, where the downlink corresponding to the downlink directional transmission covers the neighboring base station of the K user terminals.
  • the interference received by the uplink further increases the system capacity.
  • the base station may further send, to the neighboring base station, a downlink directional transmission parameter, where the downlink directional transmission is performed by the base station in the full-duplex sub-frame, where the downlink directional transmission parameter includes Beam pointing and / or beam width, etc.
  • the base station sends the downlink directional transmission parameters to the neighboring base station, so that the neighboring base station can perform interference coordination processing according to the foregoing, thereby facilitating the reduction of interference between the cells and further improving the system capacity.
  • the base station may notify the neighbor base station of the full duplex subframe.
  • the base station notifies the neighbor base station of the full-duplex subframe, so that the neighbor base station can perform interference coordination processing according to the foregoing, thereby facilitating reducing interference between cells and further improving system capacity.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another communication control method according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • another embodiment of the present invention provides another communication control method, which may include the following contents:
  • the first user terminal receives a configuration message from a base station.
  • the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, where the secondary configuration indication is used to indicate the secondary transmission configuration configured by the base station for the first user terminal, where the secondary transmission configuration of the first user terminal and the M in the cell
  • the primary transmission configurations of the user terminals are different, wherein the first user terminal is one of the M user terminals, and the M is a positive integer.
  • the M user terminals may be some or all of the user terminals in the foregoing cell.
  • the primary transmission configuration may be a primary carrier and the secondary transmission configured as a secondary carrier.
  • the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier downlink frequency band, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the primary carrier is
  • the time division duplex TDD uplink and downlink is different from the TDD uplink and downlink ratio of the above secondary carrier.
  • the first user terminal reports, to the base station, an interference parameter that is interfered by the first user terminal by a neighboring user terminal in a full-duplex subframe.
  • the full-duplex subframe is a subframe in which the primary transmission configuration corresponds to an uplink transmission and the secondary transmission configuration corresponds to a downlink transmission in the same subframe of the same frequency band.
  • the location of the full-duplex subframe in which the user terminal performs interference measurement may be displayed or implicitly indicated by the base station, and the user terminal performs interference measurement in a full-duplex subframe that can be displayed or implicitly indicated by the base station.
  • the base station may obtain an interfered parameter that the N user terminals including the communication terminal interfere with the adjacent user terminal in part or all of the full duplex subframe.
  • the foregoing base station may display or implicitly indicate a full-duplex subframe to be measured to the N user terminals, and the N user terminals may report the full-duplex to be measured indicated by the base station to the base station.
  • the above-mentioned N user terminals in the frame are interfered with parameters interfered by adjacent user terminals.
  • the foregoing N user terminals may also report to the base station the interfered parameters that the N user terminals are interfered with by the neighboring user terminals in part or all of the full-duplex subframes.
  • the base station may display a full-duplex subframe indicating the measurement to be performed to the N user terminals, that is, send an explicit measurement request to the N user terminals, and perform interference measurement based on the specific time-frequency resource, where the specific resource is full-duplex. Subframe.
  • the base station may implicitly indicate to the N user terminals that the full-duplex subframe to be measured, that is, the N user terminals receive the secondary transmission configuration, where the N terminals can compare the secondary transmission configuration and the primary transmission configuration. The position of the full-duplex subframe is determined, and interference measurement is performed based on the full-duplex subframe.
  • the secondary transmission configuration configured by the base station for the user terminal does not necessarily take effect immediately, especially the full-duplex subframe.
  • the full-duplex subframe is for the user terminal that is not configured with the secondary transmission configuration.
  • the uplink subframe is still used, and for the user terminal configured with the secondary transmission configuration, it can be regarded as a blank subframe that can be used for the side amount, that is, in the blank subframe, the secondary transmission configuration is configured.
  • the user terminal does not need to transmit the uplink signal, nor does it need to receive the downlink signal from the base station, and some or all of the blank subframes can be used as the measured subframe.
  • the first user terminal if receiving the activation message from the base station, activates the secondary transmission configuration according to the activation message, where the activation message is determined by the base station to determine that the first user terminal is in a full duplex subframe.
  • the interfered parameter interfered by the adjacent user terminal is sent after meeting the set activation condition.
  • the first user terminal in the cell receives the configuration message from the base station, and the configuration message carries the secondary configuration indication, which is used to indicate that the base station is configured as the secondary transmission configured by the first user terminal.
  • the primary transmission configuration of the M user terminals in the cell is different from the primary transmission configuration of the first user terminal, wherein the first user terminal is one of the M user terminals, where The primary transmission configuration may be the primary carrier and the secondary transmission configured as the secondary carrier.
  • the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier downlink frequency band, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band; or the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the primary carrier is The time division duplex TDD uplink and downlink is different from the TDD uplink and downlink ratio of the above secondary carrier.
  • the first user terminal reports, to the foregoing base station, the interfered parameter that the first user terminal is interfered by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe, so that the base station determines, according to the interfered parameter, whether the activation message is the first user terminal. Activate the above secondary transmission configuration.
  • the communication architecture can increase the overall system capacity by enhancing the base station upgrade. It can be seen that the above scheme is beneficial to minimize Apply full-duplex technology on the premise of changing the user terminal.
  • the base station determines, according to the obtained interference parameter that the first user terminal interferes with the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe, whether to activate the secondary transmission configuration for the first user terminal by using an activation message, This enables the base station to achieve interference control to a certain extent when transmitting data in a full-duplex sub-frame, which is advantageous for reducing mutual interference of full-duplex communication, thereby facilitating the quality of communication.
  • the activation message and/or the configuration message may further include an effective indication parameter, where the effective indication parameter is used to indicate an effective time of the activated secondary transmission configuration.
  • the activation message and/or the configuration message may not carry the effective indication.
  • the parameter, and the first user terminal may activate the activated secondary transmission configuration according to the agreed effective time. For example, the base station and the first user terminal may agree that the uth radio frame after the activation message is sent is valid.
  • the above-described validation indication parameters may include, for example, an effective period and/or an offset.
  • the configuration message may carry the validity period, and the activation message may carry the offset; or the configuration message may carry the validity period and the offset; or the activation message may carry the effective period and the offset.
  • the configuration message of the H does not carry the validity period
  • the activation message carries the offset.
  • the base station can configure the secondary configuration of multiple user terminals by using the same configuration message, for example, by using the activation message. Different offsets (for example, different user terminals may correspond to different offsets) to achieve fairness of user terminal scheduling and to reduce interference between user terminals.
  • the above-mentioned effective indication parameter indicates that the activated secondary transmission configuration is activated once or validated multiple times (eg, 2 times, 4 times, 8 times, 16 times, 32 times, or other times) or periodically. Effective (where the period of validity of the periodicity may be due to the base station indication or pre-arranged or agreed by the agreement).
  • the base station may also use the effective indication parameter to indicate the effective time of the secondary transmission configuration, for example, in a scenario where the primary transmission takes effect or takes effect for a limited number of times (such as 2 times, 4 times, 8 times, 16 times, 32 times, or other times), for example, It may be agreed that the uth radio frame after the activation message is sent is valid, where u is a positive integer.
  • the method may further include: if the first user terminal receives the deactivation message from the base station, the foregoing A user terminal may activate the secondary transmission configuration according to the above deactivation message. It can be understood that by introducing an activation and deactivation mechanism of the secondary transmission configuration, it is advantageous to improve the flexibility of the secondary transmission configuration.
  • the base station may not perform the operation of deactivating the secondary transmission configuration, because the secondary transmission configuration automatically fails only once or several times. It can be understood that the control signaling overhead is reduced by introducing an automatic deactivation mechanism of the secondary transmission configuration.
  • the interference parameter that is interfered by the user terminal in the full-duplex subframe by the neighboring user terminal may be a parameter that can represent or obtain the degree to which the user terminal is interfered by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe. .
  • the first user terminal reporting, to the base station, the interfered parameter that the first user terminal is interfered with by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe may include: The base station reports a measurement report, where the measurement report includes an interference parameter that is interfered by the first user terminal by a neighboring user terminal in a full-duplex subframe.
  • the above interference parameter is used to describe the energy of an uplink reference signal of a neighboring user terminal in a full duplex subframe.
  • the setting activation condition may include: the energy of the uplink reference signal of the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe described by the interference parameter is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first threshold is, for example, -100dbm, -80dbm, -50dbm, -40dbm, -30dbm or other values that meet the needs of the actual scenario.
  • the value of the first threshold may range from -100 dbm to -30 dbm.
  • the first threshold may also have other ranges of values that meet the needs of the actual scenario.
  • the first user terminal reports, to the base station, the interference parameter that is interfered by the first user terminal in the full-duplex subframe by the neighboring user terminal, and includes: the foregoing first user terminal
  • the base station reports the location information of the first user terminal, so that the base station determines, according to the location information, the interfered parameter that the first user terminal interferes with by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe.
  • the interference parameter that is interfered by the first user terminal by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe may include: a physical location distance between the first user terminal and the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe (wherein, the physical location distance between the first user terminal and the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe may be characterized to some extent by the first user terminal being interfered by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe The extent of the physical location distance, for example, the smaller the interference of the first user terminal in the full-duplex subframe by the neighboring user terminal, the greater the physical location distance, indicating that the first user terminal is in the full double The interference in the sub-frame is affected by the adjacent user terminal).
  • the foregoing setting activation condition may include: a physical location distance between the adjacent user terminal in the full duplex subframe is greater than or equal to a second threshold.
  • the second threshold may be, for example, 10 meters, 15 meters, 20 meters, 30 meters, 50 meters, 100 meters or may be full Other values needed for the actual scene.
  • the first user terminal uses the primary carrier and the auxiliary device.
  • the carrier independently performs uplink/downlink transmission or does not use the above-mentioned primary carrier and the secondary carrier to perform uplink/downlink transmission independently; or the first user terminal uses the primary carrier and the secondary carrier to perform uplink transmission without downlink transmission, or The first user terminal uses the above-mentioned primary carrier and the secondary carrier to perform downlink transmission without uplink transmission.
  • the base station may use the downlink directional transmission in the full-duplex subframe, where the beam corresponding to the downlink directional transmission covers the first user terminal.
  • the test step increases the system capacity.
  • the base station may further send, to the neighboring base station, a downlink directional transmission parameter, where the downlink directional transmission is performed by the base station in the full-duplex sub-frame, where the downlink directional transmission parameter includes Beam pointing and / or beam width, etc.
  • the base station sends the downlink directional transmission parameters to the neighboring base station, so that the neighboring base station can perform interference coordination processing according to the foregoing, thereby facilitating the reduction of interference between the cells and further improving the system capacity.
  • the base station may further notify the neighbor base station of the full duplex subframe.
  • the above-mentioned full-duplex subframe of the base station notifies the neighboring base station, so that the neighboring base station can perform interference coordination processing according to the foregoing, thereby facilitating reducing interference between cells and further improving system capacity.
  • the following is exemplified by some more specific application scenarios.
  • FIG. 11-a is a schematic flowchart of another communication control method according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • a TDD scenario is taken as an example.
  • another embodiment of the present invention provides another communication control method, which may include the following contents:
  • the base station notifies all user terminals in the cell of the primary transmission configuration configured by the base station by using a System Information Block (SIB) message, where the primary transmission is configured as a primary carrier.
  • SIB System Information Block
  • the TDD uplink-downlink ratio corresponding to the primary carrier may be referred to as the primary TDD uplink-downlink ratio.
  • the base station sends a configuration message to the N user terminals.
  • the configuration message carries the auxiliary information.
  • the configuration indicator is configured to indicate that the base station is configured as a secondary transmission configured by the N user terminals, where the secondary transmission is configured as a secondary carrier.
  • the TDD uplink-downlink ratio corresponding to the foregoing secondary carrier may be referred to as a secondary TDD uplink-downlink ratio.
  • the frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the TDD uplink and downlink allocation of the primary carrier is different from the TDD uplink and downlink ratio of the secondary carrier.
  • the foregoing configuration message may be, for example, a media access layer message, a radio resource control layer message, or other type of message.
  • the foregoing configuration message includes an indication of performing secondary transmission configuration by adding, deleting, and/or modifying.
  • the TDD uplink-downlink ratio (such as the TDD uplink-downlink ratio of the primary carrier and the TDD uplink-downlink ratio of the secondary carrier) can be, for example, as defined in the Long Term Evolution (LTE) standard in 3GPP.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • D represents a downlink subframe
  • S represents a special subframe
  • U represents an uplink subframe.
  • the main TDD of the embodiment of the present invention is limited.
  • the secondary carriers configured by the base station for the N user terminals are the same.
  • the foregoing N is, for example, 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50, 100 or other values.
  • the above N is less than or equal to the total number of user terminals of the cell.
  • the foregoing base station obtains an interference parameter that is interfered by the N user terminals by a neighboring user terminal in a full-duplex subframe.
  • the above-mentioned full-duplex subframe is the foregoing primary carrier in the same subframe in the same frequency band.
  • the TDD uplink-downlink ratio corresponds to the uplink transmission
  • the TDD uplink-downlink ratio of the secondary carrier corresponds to the downlink transmission subframe.
  • the foregoing base station may obtain an interference parameter that is interfered by the N user terminals by neighboring user terminals in part or all of the full duplex subframes.
  • the foregoing base station may display or implicitly indicate a full-duplex subframe to be measured to the N user terminals, and the N user terminals may report the full-duplex to be measured indicated by the base station to the base station.
  • the above-mentioned N user terminals in the frame are interfered with parameters interfered by adjacent user terminals.
  • the foregoing N user terminals may also report to the base station the interfered parameters that the N user terminals interfere with by the neighboring user terminals in part or all of the full-duplex subframes.
  • the foregoing base station activates the secondary transmission configuration (that is, activates the TDD uplink and downlink ratio of the secondary carrier) by using the activation message to the K user terminals of the N user terminals.
  • the interference parameters of the K user terminals that are interfered by the adjacent user terminals meet the set activation conditions, and the K user terminals may be a subset of the N user terminals.
  • the above K user terminals can also meet one or more other preset conditions.
  • the foregoing activation message may be implemented by a physical layer message, a media access layer message, and a radio resource control layer message.
  • the activation message and/or the configuration message may further include an effective indication parameter, where the effective indication parameter is used to indicate an effective time of the activated secondary transmission configuration.
  • the activation message and/or the configuration message may not carry the effective indication parameter, and the K user terminals may activate the activated secondary transmission configuration according to the agreed effective time.
  • the above-described validation indication parameters may include, for example, an effective period and/or an offset.
  • the configuration message may carry the validity period, and the activation message may carry the offset; or the configuration message may carry the validity period and the offset; or the activation message may carry the effective period and the offset.
  • the above-mentioned effective indication parameter indicates that the activated secondary transmission configuration is activated once or validated multiple times (eg, 2 times, 4 times, 8 times, 16 times, 32 times, or other times) or periodically. Take effect (where the effective period of the periodicity may be due to the base station indication or may be pre-agreed or agreed Convention).
  • the user terminal H does not receive the activation message for activating the secondary transmission configuration in the subframe No. 5 in the Nth frame, the user terminal takes effect at least after the subsequent frame of the Nth frame, and the specific transmission takes effect.
  • the subframe may be determined in conjunction with the effective period and offset of the indicated secondary transmission configuration.
  • the base station can indicate by setting the validity period to a specific value (such as zero).
  • the base station may further include: the base station deactivates the K user terminals by using a deactivation message.
  • the base station deactivates the K user terminals by using a deactivation message.
  • the base station may not perform the operation of deactivating the secondary transmission configuration, because the secondary transmission configuration only takes effect once or several times and then automatically fails. It can be understood that by introducing an automatic deactivation mechanism of the secondary transmission configuration, it is advantageous to reduce the control signaling overhead.
  • the base station can perform communication with the K user terminals according to the secondary transmission configuration; of course, after the secondary transmission configuration is activated, the secondary transmission configuration is not effective. Within the radio frame, the base station can still perform communication with the above K user terminals according to the primary transmission configuration.
  • the interference parameter that is interfered by the user terminal in the full-duplex subframe by the neighboring user terminal may be a parameter that can represent or obtain the degree to which the user terminal is interfered by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe. .
  • the foregoing base station obtains the interference parameter that is interfered by the N user terminals in the full-duplex subframe by the neighboring user terminal, and may include: the foregoing base station receiving the measurement report reported by the N user terminals,
  • the measurement report reported by each user terminal of the N user terminals includes an interference parameter that is interfered by the user terminal by a neighboring user terminal in a full-duplex subframe.
  • some or all of the N user terminals may be The above measurement report carrying the interference parameter is reported in multiple sub-bands.
  • some or all of the N user terminals may report the measurement report carrying the interference parameter through a single sub-band.
  • the above-mentioned interfered parameter is used to describe the energy of an uplink reference signal (e.g., (SRS) sounding reference signal) of a neighboring user terminal in a full-duplex subframe.
  • the setting activation condition may include: the energy of the uplink reference signal of the adjacent user terminal in the full-duplex subframe described by the interference parameter is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first threshold may be equal to -100dbm, -80dbm, -50dbm, -40dbm, -30dbm or other values that can meet the needs of the actual scenario.
  • the value of the first threshold may range from -100 dbm to -30 dbm.
  • the first threshold may also have other values that meet the needs of the actual scenario.
  • the foregoing base station obtains the interference parameter that is interfered by the N user terminals in the full-duplex subframe by the neighboring user terminal, and may include: the foregoing base station receiving the location reported by the N user terminals And determining, according to the location information reported by the N user terminals, the interfered parameters that are interfered by the N user terminals by the neighboring user terminals in the full duplex subframe.
  • the interference parameters of the N user terminals that are interfered by the neighboring user terminals in the full-duplex subframe may include: a physical location distance between the N user terminals and the adjacent user terminals in the full-duplex subframe .
  • the setting the activation condition may include: the physical location distance between the adjacent user terminal in the full duplex subframe is greater than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the second threshold may be, for example, 10 meters, 15 meters, 20 meters, 30 meters, 50 meters, 100 meters or other values required to meet the actual scene.
  • the base station may use the downlink directional transmission in the full-duplex sub-frame, where the beam corresponding to the downlink directional transmission covers the K user terminals to facilitate mutual reduction. Interference, further increase system capacity.
  • FIG. 11-b illustrates a schematic diagram of downlink directional transmission using a base station in a full-duplex subframe, such as a cellular network.
  • the coordination between the base stations is downward in a direction in a unified area (such as area 1), and the other areas (such as area 2 and area 3) are all upward lines.
  • the spatial region is divided into six regions, wherein the region 1, the region 2, and the region 3 are the first layer, the region 1, the region 2, and the region 3, which are the second layer.
  • the base station may measure and obtain parameters characterization of the location of the user terminal, and perform scheduling according to the parameters, wherein the parameter characterizing the location of the user terminal may include, for example, at least one of the following parameters: such as signal delay, signal arrival angle, signal strength, or even It can be a physical location directly.
  • the base station can implement directional downlink transmission by using a directional antenna to minimize transmission power and interference.
  • the base station configures a user terminal in the area 1 to configure the effective configuration of the TDD uplink and downlink ratio as the number 0 configuration in Table 1 in one radio frame, and the other in the area 3
  • the effective configuration of the user terminal configuration is that the uplink and downlink ratio of the TDD is the configuration No. 2 in Table 1.
  • the base station implements full duplex in the subframes 3, 4, 8 and 9 in the radio frame, that is, The existing user terminal is in the uplink subframe U, and the user terminal is in the downlink subframe D.
  • the subframe is a full-duplex subframe.
  • the base station may preferably use directional downlink transmission in the full-duplex subframe to reduce interference of the omnidirectional transmission to the uplink signals received by other base stations, and interference of the downlink reception.
  • the base station selects to transmit the directional downlink to the user terminal in the area 1
  • the other user terminals in the shielding area 1 transmit the uplink signal, and reduce the intra-cell interference between the user terminals in the area 1.
  • the other areas except the base station scheduling area 1, such as the user terminal in the area 2, 3, transmit uplink, and reduce the internal duplex of the full-duplex area.
  • the base station may further send, to the neighboring base station, a downlink directional transmission parameter, where the downlink directional transmission is performed by the base station in the full-duplex sub-frame, where the downlink directional transmission parameter includes Beam pointing and / or beam width, etc.
  • the base station sends the downlink directional transmission parameters to the neighboring base station, so that the neighboring base station can perform interference coordination processing according to the foregoing, thereby facilitating the reduction of interference between the cells and further improving the system capacity.
  • the base station may notify the neighbor base station of the full duplex subframe.
  • the above-mentioned full-duplex subframe of the base station notifies the neighboring base station, so that the neighboring base station can perform interference coordination processing according to the It is beneficial to reduce interference between cells and further improve system capacity.
  • the base station sends a configuration message to the N user terminals in the cell, where the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, which is used to indicate that the base station configures the secondary transmission configuration for the N user terminals.
  • the primary transmission configuration of the M user terminals in the small area is different from the primary transmission configuration of the N user terminals, wherein the primary transmission is configured as a primary carrier, and the secondary transmission is configured as a secondary carrier, and the frequency band of the primary carrier and the auxiliary The frequency band of the carrier is the same, and the uplink and downlink allocation of the time division duplex TDD of the primary carrier is different from the uplink and downlink ratio of the secondary carrier of the secondary carrier.
  • the base station After the base station obtains the interference parameters of the N user terminals that are interfered by the neighboring user terminals in the full-duplex subframe, the base station activates the K user terminals of the N user terminals by using an activation message according to the interference parameter. Secondary transfer configuration. Since the above solution is to enable the base station to have full-duplex communication capability, and the user terminal device still maintains the standard TDD communication capability, the communication architecture can enhance the overall system capacity by enhancing the base station upgrade. It can be seen that the above solution is beneficial to minimize the modification of the user.
  • the full-duplex technology is applied under the premise of the terminal.
  • the activation message is the K of the N user terminals.
  • the user terminal activates the secondary transmission configuration, which enables the base station to transmit interference in a full-duplex sub-frame to a certain extent to achieve interference control, which is advantageous for reducing mutual interference of full-duplex communication and facilitating communication quality.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of another communication control method according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • an FDD scenario is taken as an example.
  • another embodiment of the present invention provides another communication control method, which may include the following contents:
  • the base station sends a configuration message to the N user terminals.
  • the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, where the secondary configuration indication is used to indicate a secondary transmission configuration configured by the base station for the N user terminals.
  • the secondary transmission is configured as a secondary carrier, where the secondary carrier is different from the primary transmission configuration of the M user terminals in the cell, where the primary transmission is configured as a primary carrier, and the N user terminals are a subset of the M user terminals.
  • the M user terminals may be some or all user terminals in the cell.
  • M user terminals in the small area can determine the main transmission configuration through searching.
  • the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary frequency band of the secondary carrier, where the primary carrier is
  • the downlink frequency band is the same as the above-mentioned secondary carrier uplink frequency band.
  • the foregoing configuration message may be, for example, a media access layer message, a radio resource control layer message, or other type of message.
  • the foregoing configuration message includes an indication of performing secondary transmission configuration by adding, deleting, and/or modifying.
  • the secondary carriers configured by the base station for the N user terminals may be the same.
  • the above N is, for example, 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50, 100 or other values, of course, the above N is less than or equal to the above M.
  • the foregoing base station obtains an interference parameter that is interfered by the N user terminals by a neighboring user terminal in a full-duplex subframe.
  • the full-duplex subframe is a subframe in which the primary carrier corresponds to an uplink transmission and the secondary carrier corresponds to a downlink transmission in the same subframe of the same frequency band.
  • the foregoing base station may obtain an interference parameter that is interfered by the N user terminals by neighboring user terminals in part or all of the full duplex subframes.
  • the foregoing base station may display or implicitly indicate a full-duplex subframe to be measured to the N user terminals, and the N user terminals may report the full-duplex to be measured indicated by the base station to the base station.
  • the above-mentioned N user terminals in the frame are interfered with parameters interfered by adjacent user terminals.
  • the foregoing N user terminals may also report to the base station the interfered parameters that the N user terminals interfere with by the neighboring user terminals in part or all of the full-duplex subframes.
  • the foregoing base station activates the secondary transmission configuration by using an activation message for K user terminals among the N user terminals.
  • the interference parameters of the K user terminals that are interfered by the adjacent user terminals meet the set activation conditions, and the K user terminals may be a subset of the N user terminals.
  • the above K user terminals can also meet one or more other preset conditions.
  • the foregoing activation message may be implemented by a physical layer message, a media access layer message, and a radio resource control layer message.
  • the activation message and/or the configuration message may further include an effective indication parameter, where the effective indication parameter is used to indicate an effective time of the activated secondary transmission configuration.
  • the activation message and/or the configuration message may not carry the effective indication.
  • the above-mentioned K user terminals can activate the activated secondary transmission configuration according to the agreed effective time.
  • the above-described validation indication parameters may include, for example, an effective period and/or an offset.
  • the configuration message may carry the validity period, and the activation message may carry the offset; or the configuration message may carry the validity period and the offset; or the activation message may carry the effective period and the offset.
  • the above-mentioned effective indication parameter indicates that the activated secondary transmission configuration is activated once or validated multiple times (eg, 2 times, 4 times, 8 times, 16 times, 32 times, or other times) or periodically. Effective (where the effective period of the periodicity may be indicated by the base station or given to a pre-arranged or agreed agreement).
  • the user terminal assumes that the subframe 5 in the third frame receives the activation message for activating the secondary carrier, and the user terminal activates the secondary carrier at least after the frame of the second frame.
  • the subframe can be determined by the effective period and offset of the configured secondary carrier.
  • the base station can indicate by setting the effective period to a specific value (such as zero).
  • the base station may further include: the base station deactivates the K user terminals by using a deactivation message.
  • the base station deactivates the K user terminals by using a deactivation message.
  • the base station may not perform the operation of deactivating the secondary transmission configuration, because the secondary transmission configuration only takes effect once or several times and then automatically fails. It can be understood that by introducing an automatic deactivation mechanism of the secondary transmission configuration, it is advantageous to reduce the control signaling overhead.
  • the interference parameter that is interfered by the user terminal in the full-duplex subframe by the neighboring user terminal may be a parameter that can represent or obtain the degree to which the user terminal is interfered by the neighboring user terminal in the full-duplex subframe.
  • the foregoing base station obtains the interference parameter that is interfered by the N user terminals in the full-duplex subframe by the neighboring user terminal, and may include: the foregoing base station receiving the measurement report reported by the N user terminals, The measurement report reported by each user terminal of the N user terminals includes an interference parameter that is interfered by the user terminal by a neighboring user terminal in a full-duplex subframe.
  • some or all of the N user terminals may report the measurement report carrying the interference parameter in multiple sub-bands.
  • some or all of the N user terminals are also The above measurement report carrying the disturbed parameters can be reported by a single sub-band.
  • the above-mentioned interference parameter is used to describe the energy of an uplink reference signal (for example, (SRS) of a neighboring user terminal in a full-duplex subframe.
  • the above-mentioned setting activation condition may include: The energy of the uplink reference signal of the adjacent user terminal in the full duplex subframe is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first threshold may be, for example, -lOOdbm, -80dbm, -50dbm, -40dbm, -30dbm or other values that can meet the needs of the actual scenario.
  • the value of the first threshold may range from -100 dbm to -30 dbm.
  • the first threshold may also have other values that meet the needs of the actual scenario.
  • the foregoing base station obtains the interference parameter that is interfered by the N user terminals in the full-duplex subframe by the neighboring user terminal, and may include: the foregoing base station receiving the location reported by the N user terminals Information (such as signal delay, signal arrival angle, signal strength, or even physical location), determining that the N user terminals are adjacent to the user terminal in the full-duplex subframe according to the location information reported by the N user terminals Interference parameters of interference.
  • the N user terminals Information such as signal delay, signal arrival angle, signal strength, or even physical location
  • the interference parameters of the N user terminals that are interfered by the neighboring user terminals in the full-duplex subframe may include: a physical location distance between the N user terminals and the adjacent user terminals in the full-duplex subframe .
  • the setting the activation condition may include: the physical location distance between the adjacent user terminal in the full duplex subframe is greater than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the second threshold may be, for example, 10 meters, 15 meters, 20 meters, 30 meters, 50 meters, 100 meters or other values required to meet the actual scene.
  • the base station may use downlink directional transmission in the full-duplex subframe, where the downlink corresponding to the downlink directional transmission covers the to the K user terminals. It helps to reduce mutual interference and further increase system capacity.
  • FIG. 11-b illustrates a schematic diagram of downlink directional transmission using a base station in a full-duplex subframe, such as a cellular network.
  • a full-duplex sub-frame the coordination between the base stations is downward in a direction in a unified area (such as area 1), and the other areas (such as area 2 and area 3) are omnidirectional upward.
  • the spatial area is divided into six areas, where area 1, area 2, and area 3 are the first layer, area 1, area 2, and area 3, which are the second layer. User terminals in the first layer and the second layer space are not scheduled at the same time. Moreover, only one area in each layer can schedule the user terminal to receive the directional downlink transmission, while the remaining areas schedule the uplink transmission. When scheduling uplink or downlink resources of an area, the adjacent spatial areas are isolated to achieve the purpose of reducing interference.
  • the division of the spatial area here is not limited to equal division.
  • the base station may measure and obtain parameters characterization of the location of the user terminal, and perform scheduling according to the parameters, wherein the parameter characterizing the location of the user terminal may include, for example, at least one of the following parameters: such as signal delay, signal arrival angle, signal strength, or even It can be a physical location directly.
  • the base station can implement directional downlink transmission by using a directional antenna to minimize transmission power and interference.
  • the base station may use the downlink directional transmission in the full-duplex sub-frame, where the beam corresponding to the downlink directional transmission covers the K user terminals to facilitate mutual reduction. Interference, further increase system capacity.
  • the base station may further send, to the neighboring base station, a downlink directional transmission parameter, where the downlink directional transmission is performed by the base station in the full-duplex sub-frame, where the downlink directional transmission parameter includes Beam pointing and / or beam width, etc.
  • the base station sends the downlink directional transmission parameters to the neighboring base station, so that the neighboring base station can perform interference coordination processing according to the foregoing, thereby facilitating the reduction of interference between the cells and further improving the system capacity.
  • the base station may notify the neighbor base station of the full duplex subframe.
  • the above-mentioned full-duplex subframe of the base station notifies the neighboring base station, so that the neighboring base station can perform interference coordination processing according to the foregoing, thereby facilitating reducing interference between cells and further improving system capacity.
  • the primary carrier is fl uplink and f2 downlink.
  • the base station may further define the usage relationship between the secondary carrier and the primary carrier to distinguish it from the carrier aggregation technology.
  • the base station activates the secondary carrier (f2 uplink, fl downlink), since non-single channel should avoid this situation, the allowed conditions are that fl and f2 are used for reception; fl and f2 are used for transmission; fl is sent and f2 is received. ; or f2 is sent and fl is received.
  • the secondary carrier f2 uplink, fl downlink
  • the first user terminal in the K user terminal may independently perform the foregoing using the primary carrier and the secondary carrier. / downlink transmission or not using the above-mentioned primary carrier and the secondary carrier to perform uplink/downlink transmission independently; or the first user terminal uses the primary carrier and the secondary carrier to perform uplink transmission without downlink transmission, or the first user terminal
  • the above primary carrier and the secondary carrier are used for downlink transmission without uplink transmission.
  • the first user terminal may be any one of the K user terminals.
  • the base station sends a configuration message to the N user terminals in the cell, where the configuration message carries a secondary configuration indication, which is used to indicate that the base station configures the secondary transmission configuration for the N user terminals.
  • the primary transmission configuration of the M user terminals in the small area is different from the primary transmission configuration of the N user terminals, where the N user terminals are a subset of the M user terminals, where the primary transmission configuration is
  • the primary carrier and the secondary transmission are configured as secondary carriers, and the uplink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary frequency band of the secondary carrier, and the downlink frequency band of the primary carrier is the same as the secondary carrier uplink frequency band.
  • the base station activates the auxiliary device for the K user terminals of the N user terminals by using the activation message according to the interference parameter.
  • Transfer configuration Since the above scheme is to enable the base station to have full-duplex communication capability, and the user terminal equipment still maintains the standard FDD or TDD communication capability, the communication architecture can increase the overall system capacity by enhancing the base station upgrade, and it can be seen that the above scheme is beneficial in minimizing Apply full-duplex technology on the premise of changing the user terminal.
  • the activation message is the K of the N user terminals.
  • the user terminal activates the above secondary transmission configuration, which enables the base station to transmit data in a full duplex subframe
  • the interference can be controlled, which is beneficial to reduce mutual interference of full-duplex communication and is beneficial to ensure communication quality.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer storage medium, wherein the computer storage medium may store a program, and the program includes some or all of the steps of the at least one communication control method described in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the disclosed apparatus can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the above units is only a logical function division.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or integrated. Go to another system, or some features can be ignored, or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct connection or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be electrical or otherwise.
  • the components displayed by the unit may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
  • the above integrated unit is implemented as a software functional unit and sold as a standalone product Or when used, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the instructions include a plurality of instructions for causing a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server or network device, etc., and in particular a processor in a computer device) to perform all or part of the steps of the above-described methods of various embodiments of the present invention.
  • the foregoing storage medium may include: a USB flash drive, a removable hard disk, a magnetic disk, an optical disk, a read-only memory (ROM), or a random access memory (RAM), and the like. The medium of the code.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

一种通信控制方法及相关装置，一种通信控制方法包括：基站向小区中的 N个用户终端发送配置消息，上述配置消息携带有辅配置指示，上述辅配置指示用于指示出上述基站为上述N个用户终端配置的辅传输配置，上述N个用户终端的上述辅传输配置与上述小区中的M个用户终端的主传输配置不同；上述基站获得上述N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数；上述基站通过激活消息为上述N个用户终端之中的K个用户终端激活上述辅传输配置。本发明实施例的方案有利于实现在尽量减少用户终端改动的前提下应用全双工技术。

Description

通信控制方法及相关装置
技术领域
本发明涉及通信领域， 具体涉及通信控制方法及相关装置。 背景技术
目前蜂窝通信系统釆用频分双工（ FDD， Frequency division duplex )和时 分双工 （TDD， Time division duplex ) 两种模式。 其中， FDD是在分离的两个 成对（pair )信道上进行接收和发送， 并用保护频段来分离上行（Uplink )信 道和下行（ downlink )信道。 因此 FDD模式下， 终端设备可以实现在上下行频 段同时接收和发送的全双工模式。 而 TDD用时间来分上行和下行信道， 虽然上 下行信道都使用同一个频率， 但是使用不同子帧作为信道承载。 因此， 在 TDD 模式下， 终端设备为半双工模式。 但是无论是 FDD模式还是 TDD模式， 在相同 的频率、 相同时间内， 终端或基站仅处于接收或发送状态。
近年来， 由斯坦福大学、 莱斯大学等提出一种单信道全双工设想。 这种技 术利用接收机自干扰消除设想， 消除发射链路对接收链路的干扰， 以期实现在 同一频段上同时发送和接收数据。基于这种设想， 可以避免 FDD技术中需要成 对的上下行频段的要求； 可以实现和 TDD—样灵活配置频谱； 可以避免 TDD 技术只有一部分子帧能被上行或下行使用的问题。 因此， 受到了学术界和产业 界的广泛关注。
虽然单信道全双工技术有上述的好处，但是，在蜂窝网中应用仍然是比较 的困难。 由于全双工设备要求的尺寸比较大， 对于用户终端难以实现。 另外会 额外增加终端设备的实现复杂度和功耗。 发明内容
本发明实施例提供通信控制方法及相关装置，以实现在尽量减少用户终端 改动的前提下应用全双工技术。
本发明实施例第一方面提供一种基站， 可包括：
发送器， 用于向小区中的 N个用户终端发送配置消息， 其中， 所述配置消 息携带有辅配置指示， 所述辅配置指示用于指示出所述基站为所述 N个用户终 端配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 所述 N个用户终端的所述辅传输配置与所述小区 中的 M个用户终端的主传输配置不同， 其中， 所述 N个用户终端为所述 M个用 户终端的子集， 所述 N和 M为正整数；
获得单元， 用于获得所述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干 扰的被干扰参数， 其中， 所述全双工子帧为在相同频段相同子帧中所述主传输 配置对应上行传输且所述辅传输配置对应下行传输的子帧；
激活控制单元， 用于通过激活消息为所述 N个用户终端之中的 K个用户终 端激活所述辅传输配置， 其中， 所述 K个用户终端受到相邻用户终端干扰的被 干扰参数符合设定激活条件， 所述 K个用户终端为所述 N个用户终端的子集， 所述 K为正整数；
其中， 所述主传输配置为主载波且所述辅传输配置为辅载波；
其中， 所述主载波的上行频段和所述辅载波下行频段相同，且所述主载波 的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同； 或者， 所述主载波的频段和所述辅载 波的频段相同， 且所述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD 上下行配比不同。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的第一种可能的实施方式中， 所述激活消息和 /或所述配置消息中还携带生效指示参数， 所述生效指示参数用于指示被激活 的所述辅传输配置的生效时间。
结合第一方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第二种可能的实施 方式中， 所述生效指示参数包括生效周期和偏移量； 其中， 所述配置消息携带 所述生效周期， 所述激活消息携带所述偏移量； 或所述配置消息携带所述生效 周期和所述偏移量； 或所述激活消息携带所述生效周期和所述偏移量。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第一方面的第二种 可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，被激活的所述辅传 输配置生效一次或生效多次或周期性生效。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第一方面的第二种 可能的实施方式或第一方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第四种可 能的实施方式中， 所述激活控制单元还用于， 在通过激活消息为所述 N个用户终端之中的 K 个用户终端激活所述辅传输配置之后， 通过去激活消息去激活所述 K个用户终 端之中的部分或全部用户终端的被激活的所述辅传输配置。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第一方面的第二种 可能的实施方式或第一方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第一方面的第四种可 能的实施方式， 在第一方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，
所述获得单元具体用于， 接收所述 N个用户终端上报的测量报告， 所述 N 个用户终端之中的每个用户终端上报的测量报告包含该用户终端在全双工子 帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
结合第一方面的第五种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第六种可能的实施 方式中，所述被干扰参数用于描述在全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考信 号的能量。
结合第一方面的第六种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第七种可能的实施 方式中， 所述设定激活条件包括： 所述被干扰参数所描述的在全双工子帧中相 邻用户终端的上行参考信号的能量小于或等于第一阔值。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第一方面的第二种 可能的实施方式或第一方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第一方面的第四种可 能的实施方式， 在第一方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，
所述获得单元具体用于， 接收所述 N个用户终端上报的位置信息， 根据所 述 N个用户终端上报的位置信息确定所述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻 用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
结合第一方面的第八种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第九种可能的实施 方式中， 所述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数 包括： 所述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位置距 离； 所述设定激活条件包括： 在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位置 距离大于或等于第二阔值。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第一方面的第二种 可能的实施方式或第一方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第一方面的第四种可 能的实施方式或第一方面的第五种可能的实施方式或第一方面的第六种可能 的实施方式或第一方面的第七种可能的实施方式或第一方面的第八种可能的 实施方式或第一方面的第九种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第十种可能的实 施方式中， 所述发送器还用于， 在所述全双工子帧内釆用下行方向性传输， 其 中， 所述下行方向性传输对应的波束覆盖所述 K个用户终端中的至少 1个用户 终端。
结合第一方面的第十种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第十一种可能的实 施方式中， 所述发送器还用于，将在所述全双工子帧内所述发送器釆用下行方 向性传输的下行方向性传输参数发送给邻居基站，其中， 所述下行方向性传输 参数包括波束指向和 /或波束宽度。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第一方面的第二种 可能的实施方式或第一方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第一方面的第四种可 能的实施方式或第一方面的第五种可能的实施方式或第一方面的第六种可能 的实施方式或第一方面的第七种可能的实施方式或第一方面的第八种可能的 实施方式或第一方面的第九种可能的实施方式或第一方面的第十种可能的实 施方式或第一方面的第十一种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第十二种可能的 实施方式中， 所述发送器还用于将所述全双工子帧通知邻居基站。
本发明第二方面提供一种通信终端， 包括：
接收器， 用于接收来自基站的配置消息；
其中， 所述配置消息携带有辅配置指示， 所述辅配置指示用于指示出所述 基站为所述通信终端配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 所述通信终端的所述辅传输配 置与小区中的 M个用户终端的主传输配置不同， 其中， 所述通信终端为所述 M 个用户终端中的其中一个， 所述 M为正整数；
发送器，用于向所述基站上报所述通信终端在全双工子帧中受到相邻用户 终端干扰的被干扰参数；
传输控制单元， 用于若接收到来自所述基站的激活消息， 则根据所述激活 消息激活所述辅传输配置， 其中， 所述激活消息由所述基站在确定所述通信终 端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数符合设定激活条件之后 发送；
其中， 所述主传输配置为主载波且所述辅传输配置为辅载波；
其中， 所述主载波的上行频段和所述辅载波下行频段相同，且所述主载波 的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同； 或者， 所述主载波的频段和所述辅载 波的频段相同， 且所述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD 上下行配比不同。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的第一种可能的实施方式中， 所述激活消息和 /或所述配置消息中还携带生效指示参数， 所述生效指示参数用于指示被激活 的所述辅传输配置的生效时间；
其中，所述传输控制单元还用于在所述生效指示参数所指示的生效时间生 效根据所述激活消息所激活得所述辅传输配置。
结合第二方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第二种可能的实施 方式中， 所述生效指示参数包括生效周期和偏移量； 其中， 所述配置消息携带 所述生效周期， 所述激活消息携带所述偏移量； 或所述配置消息携带所述生效 周期和所述偏移量； 或所述激活消息携带所述生效周期和所述偏移量。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第二方面的第二种 可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，被激活的所述辅传 输配置生效一次或生效多次或周期性生效。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第二方面的第二种 可能的实施方式或第二方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第四种可 能的实施方式中，
所述传输控制单元还用于，在接收到来自所述基站的激活消息之后， 若接 收到来自所述基站的去激活消息， 根据所述去激活消息去激活所述辅传输配 置。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第二方面的第二种 可能的实施方式或第二方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第二方面的第四种可 能的实施方式， 在第二方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，
所述发送器具体用于， 向所述基站上报测量报告， 所述测量报告包含所述 通信终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
结合第二方面的第五种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第六种可能的实施 方式中，所述被干扰参数用于描述在全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考信 号的能量。
结合第二方面的第六种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第七种可能的实施 方式中， 所述设定激活条件包括： 所述被干扰参数所描述的在全双工子帧中相 邻用户终端的上行参考信号的能量小于或等于第一阔值。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第二方面的第二种 可能的实施方式或第二方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第二方面的第四种可 能的实施方式， 在第二方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，
所述发送器具体用于， 向所述基站上报所述通信终端的位置信息， 以便于 所述基站根据所述位置信息确定所述通信终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终 端干扰的被干扰参数。
结合第二方面的第八种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第九种可能的实施 方式中， 所述通信终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数包 括： 所述通信终端在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位置距离； 其中， 所述设定激活条件包括： 在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物 理位置距离大于第二阔值。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第二方面的第二种 可能的实施方式或第二方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第二方面的第四种可 能的实施方式或第二方面的第五种可能的实施方式或第二方面的第六种可能 的实施方式或第二方面的第七种可能的实施方式或第二方面的第八种可能的 实施方式或第二方面的第九种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第十种可能的实 施方式中， 当所述主载波的上行频段和所述辅载波下行频段相同，且所述主载 波的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同， 所述传输控制单元还用于，使用所 述主载波和所述辅载波独立进行上 /下行传输或不同时使用所述主载波和所述 辅载波独立进行上 /下行传输； 或者所述传输控制单元还用于， 使用所述主载 波和所述辅载波进行上行传输而不进行下行传输，或者所述传输控制单元还用 于， 使用所述主载波和所述辅载波进行下行传输而不进行上行传输。 本发明第三方面提供一种基站， 可包括：
处理器、 存储器和天线；
所述处理器调用所述存储器中存储的代码，以用于通过所述天线向小区中 的 N个用户终端发送配置消息， 其中， 所述配置消息携带有辅配置指示， 所述 辅配置指示用于指示出所述基站为所述 N个用户终端配置的辅传输配置， 其 中， 所述 N个用户终端的所述辅传输配置与所述小区中的 M个用户终端的主传 输配置不同， 其中， 所述 N个用户终端为所述 M个用户终端的子集， 所述 N和 M为正整数； 获得所述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被 干扰参数， 其中， 所述全双工子帧为在相同频段相同子帧中所述主传输配置对 应上行传输且所述辅传输配置对应下行传输的子帧； 通过激活消息为所述 N个 用户终端之中的 K个用户终端激活所述辅传输配置， 其中， 所述 K个用户终端 受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数符合设定激活条件， 所述 K个用户终端为 所述 N个用户终端的子集， 所述 K为正整数；
其中， 所述主传输配置为主载波且所述辅传输配置为辅载波；
其中， 所述主载波的上行频段和所述辅载波下行频段相同，且所述主载波 的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同； 或者， 所述主载波的频段和所述辅载 波的频段相同， 且所述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD 上下行配比不同。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的第一种可能的实施方式中， 所述激活消息和
/或所述配置消息中还携带生效指示参数， 所述生效指示参数用于指示被激活 的所述辅传输配置的生效时间。
结合第三方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第二种可能的实施 方式中， 所述生效指示参数包括生效周期和偏移量； 其中， 所述配置消息携带 所述生效周期， 所述激活消息携带所述偏移量； 或所述配置消息携带所述生效 周期和所述偏移量； 或所述激活消息携带所述生效周期和所述偏移量。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第三方面的第二种 可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，被激活的所述辅传 输配置生效一次或生效多次或周期性生效。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第三方面的第二种 可能的实施方式或第三方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第四种可 能的实施方式中，
所述处理器还用于， 通过激活消息为所述 N个用户终端之中的 K个用户终 端激活所述辅传输配置之后， 通过去激活消息去激活所述 K个用户终端之中的 部分或全部用户终端的被激活的所述辅传输配置。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第三方面的第二种 可能的实施方式或第三方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第三方面的第四种可 能的实施方式， 在第三方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，
在所述获得所述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被 干扰参数的方面， 所述处理器具体用于， 接收所述 N个用户终端上报的测量报 告， 所述 N个用户终端之中的每个用户终端上报的测量报告包含该用户终端在 全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
结合第三方面的第五种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第六种可能的实施 方式中，所述被干扰参数用于描述在全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考信 号的能量。
结合第三方面的第六种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第七种可能的实施 方式中， 所述设定激活条件包括： 所述被干扰参数所描述的在全双工子帧中相 邻用户终端的上行参考信号的能量小于或等于第一阔值。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第三方面的第二种 可能的实施方式或第三方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第三方面的第四种可 能的实施方式， 在第三方面的第八种可能的实施方式中， 在所述获得所述 N个 用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数的方面，所述处理 器具体用于， 接收所述 N个用户终端上报的位置信息， 根据所述 N个用户终端 上报的位置信息确定所述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰 的被干扰参数。
结合第三方面的第八种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第九种可能的实施 方式中， 所述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数 包括： 所述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位置距 离；
所述设定激活条件包括：在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位置 距离大于或等于第二阔值。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第三方面的第二种 可能的实施方式或第三方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第三方面的第四种可 能的实施方式或第三方面的第五种可能的实施方式或第三方面的第六种可能 的实施方式或第三方面的第七种可能的实施方式或第三方面的第八种可能的 实施方式或第三方面的第九种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第十种可能的实 施方式中， 所述处理器还用于， 在所述全双工子帧内釆用下行方向性传输， 其 中， 所述下行方向性传输对应的波束覆盖所述 K个用户终端中的至少 1个用户 终端。
结合第三方面的第十种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第十一种可能的实 施方式中， 所述处理器还用于，将在所述全双工子帧内所述基站釆用下行方向 性传输的下行方向性传输参数发送给邻居基站， 其中， 所述下行方向性传输参 数包括波束指向和 /或波束宽度。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第三方面的第二种 可能的实施方式或第三方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第三方面的第四种可 能的实施方式或第三方面的第五种可能的实施方式或第三方面的第六种可能 的实施方式或第三方面的第七种可能的实施方式或第三方面的第八种可能的 实施方式或第三方面的第九种可能的实施方式或第三方面的第十种可能的实 施方式或第三方面的第十一种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第十二种可能的 实施方式中，
所述处理器还用于， 将所述全双工子帧通知邻居基站。
本发明第四方面提供一种通信终端， 可包括：
处理器、 存储器和天线；
所述处理器调用所述存储器中存储的代码，以用于通过所述天线接收来自 基站的配置消息； 其中， 所述配置消息携带有辅配置指示， 所述辅配置指示用 于指示出所述基站为所述通信终端配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 所述通信终端的 所述辅传输配置与小区中的 M个用户终端的主传输配置不同， 其中， 所述通信 终端为所述 M个用户终端中的其中一个， 所述 M为正整数； 向所述基站上报所 述通信终端在全双工子帧中受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数；若接收到来 自所述基站的激活消息， 则才艮据所述激活消息激活所述辅传输配置， 其中， 所 述激活消息由所述基站在确定所述通信终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端 干扰的被干扰参数符合设定激活条件之后发送；
其中， 所述主传输配置为主载波且所述辅传输配置为辅载波；
其中， 所述主载波的上行频段和所述辅载波下行频段相同，且所述主载波 的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同； 或者， 所述主载波的频段和所述辅载 波的频段相同， 且所述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD 上下行配比不同。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的第一种可能的实施方式中， 所述激活消息和 /或所述配置消息中还携带生效指示参数， 所述生效指示参数用于指示被激活 的所述辅传输配置的生效时间；
其中，所述传输控制单元还用于在所述生效指示参数所指示的生效时间生 效根据所述激活消息所激活得所述辅传输配置。
结合第四方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第四方面的第二种可能的实施 方式中， 所述生效指示参数包括生效周期和偏移量； 其中， 所述配置消息携带 所述生效周期， 所述激活消息携带所述偏移量； 或所述配置消息携带所述生效 周期和所述偏移量； 或所述激活消息携带所述生效周期和所述偏移量。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第四方面的第二种 可能的实施方式，在第四方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，被激活的所述辅传 输配置生效一次或生效多次或周期性生效。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第四方面的第二种 可能的实施方式或第四方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第四方面的第四种可 能的实施方式中， 所述处理器还用于，在接收到来自所述基站的激活消息之后， 若接收到来 自所述基站的去激活消息， 根据所述去激活消息去激活所述辅传输配置。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第四方面的第二种 可能的实施方式或第四方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第四方面的第四种可 能的实施方式， 在第四方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，
在向所述基站上报所述通信终端在全双工子帧中受到相邻用户终端干扰 的被干扰参数的方面， 所述处理器具体用于， 向所述基站上报测量报告， 所述 测量报告包含所述通信终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参 数。
结合第四方面的第五种可能的实施方式，在第四方面的第六种可能的实施 方式中，所述被干扰参数用于描述在全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考信 号的能量。
结合第四方面的第六种可能的实施方式，在第四方面的第七种可能的实施 方式中，
所述设定激活条件包括：所述被干扰参数所描述的在全双工子帧中相邻用 户终端的上行参考信号的能量小于或等于第一阔值。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第四方面的第二种 可能的实施方式或第四方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第四方面的第四种可 能的实施方式， 在第四方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，
在向所述基站上报所述通信终端在全双工子帧中受到相邻用户终端干扰 的被干扰参数的方面， 所述处理器具体用于， 向所述基站上报所述通信终端的 位置信息，以便于所述基站根据所述位置信息确定所述通信终端在全双工子帧 中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
结合第四方面的第八种可能的实施方式，在第四方面的第九种可能的实施 方式中， 所述通信终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数包 括： 所述通信终端在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位置距离； 其中， 所述设定激活条件包括： 在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物 理位置距离大于第二阔值。 结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第四方面的第二种 可能的实施方式或第四方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第四方面的第四种可 能的实施方式或第四方面的第五种可能的实施方式或第四方面的第六种可能 的实施方式或第四方面的第七种可能的实施方式或第四方面的第八种可能的 实施方式或第四方面的第九种可能的实施方式，在第四方面的第十种可能的实 施方式中， 当所述主载波的上行频段和所述辅载波下行频段相同，且所述主载 波的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同， 所述传输控制单元还用于，使用所 述主载波和所述辅载波独立进行上 /下行传输或不同时使用所述主载波和所述 辅载波独立进行上 /下行传输； 或者所述传输控制单元还用于， 使用所述主载 波和所述辅载波进行上行传输而不进行下行传输，或者所述传输控制单元还用 于， 使用所述主载波和所述辅载波进行下行传输而不进行上行传输。
本发明第五方面提供一种通信控制方法， 可包括：
基站向小区中的 N个用户终端发送配置消息， 其中， 所述配置消息携带有 辅配置指示， 所述辅配置指示用于指示出所述基站为所述 N个用户终端配置的 辅传输配置， 其中， 所述 N个用户终端的所述辅传输配置与所述小区中的 M个 用户终端的主传输配置不同， 其中， 所述 N个用户终端为所述 M个用户终端的 子集， 所述 N和 M为正整数；
所述基站获得所述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的 被干扰参数， 其中， 所述全双工子帧为在相同频段相同子帧中所述主传输配置 对应上行传输且所述辅传输配置对应下行传输的子帧；
所述基站通过激活消息为所述 N个用户终端之中的 K个用户终端激活所述 辅传输配置， 其中， 所述 K个用户终端受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数符 合设定激活条件， 所述 K个用户终端为所述 N个用户终端的子集， 所述 K为正 整数；
其中， 所述主传输配置为主载波且所述辅传输配置为辅载波；
其中， 所述主载波的上行频段和所述辅载波下行频段相同，且所述主载波 的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同； 或者， 所述主载波的频段和所述辅载 波的频段相同， 且所述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD 上下行配比不同。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的第一种可能的实施方式中， 所述激活消息和 /或所述配置消息中还携带生效指示参数， 所述生效指示参数用于指示被激活 的所述辅传输配置的生效时间。
结合第五方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第五方面的第二种可能的实施 方式中， 所述生效指示参数包括生效周期和偏移量； 其中， 所述配置消息携带 所述生效周期， 所述激活消息携带所述偏移量； 或所述配置消息携带所述生效 周期和所述偏移量； 或所述激活消息携带所述生效周期和所述偏移量。
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第五方面的第二种 可能的实施方式，在第五方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，被激活的所述辅传 输配置生效一次或生效多次或周期性生效。
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第五方面的第二种 可能的实施方式或第五方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第五方面的第四种可 能的实施方式中，
所述基站通过激活消息为所述 N个用户终端之中的 K个用户终端激活所述 辅传输配置之后还包括： 所述基站通过去激活消息去激活所述 K个用户终端之 中的部分或全部用户终端的被激活的所述辅传输配置。
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第五方面的第二种 可能的实施方式或第五方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第五方面的第四种可 能的实施方式， 在第五方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，
所述基站获得所述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的 被干扰参数， 包括：
所述基站接收所述 N个用户终端上报的测量报告， 所述 N个用户终端之中 的每个用户终端上报的测量报告包含该用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户 终端干扰的被干扰参数。
结合第五方面的第五种可能的实施方式，在第五方面的第六种可能的实施 方式中，所述被干扰参数用于描述在全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考信 号的能量。 结合第五方面的第六种可能的实施方式，在第五方面的第七种可能的实施 方式中， 所述设定激活条件包括： 所述被干扰参数所描述的在全双工子帧中相 邻用户终端的上行参考信号的能量小于或等于第一阔值。
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第五方面的第二种 可能的实施方式或第五方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第五方面的第四种可 能的实施方式， 在第五方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，
所述基站获得所述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的 被干扰参数， 包括：
所述基站接收所述 N个用户终端上报的位置信息， 根据所述 N个用户终端 上报的位置信息确定所述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰 的被干扰参数。
结合第五方面的第八种可能的实施方式，在第五方面的第九种可能的实施 方式中， 所述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数 包括： 所述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位置距 离；
所述设定激活条件包括：在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位置 距离大于或等于第二阔值。
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第五方面的第二种 可能的实施方式或第五方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第五方面的第四种可 能的实施方式或第五方面的第五种可能的实施方式或第五方面的第六种可能 的实施方式或第五方面的第七种可能的实施方式或第五方面的第八种可能的 实施方式或第五方面的第九种可能的实施方式，在第五方面的第十种可能的实 施方式中， 所述基站在所述全双工子帧内釆用下行方向性传输， 其中， 所述下 行方向性传输对应的波束覆盖所述 K个用户终端中的至少 1个用户终端。
结合第五方面的第十种可能的实施方式，在第五方面的第十一种可能的实 施方式中，
所述方法还包括：所述基站将在所述全双工子帧内所述基站釆用下行方向 性传输的下行方向性传输参数发送给邻居基站， 其中， 所述下行方向性传输参 数包括波束指向和 /或波束宽度。
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第五方面的第二种 可能的实施方式或第五方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第五方面的第四种可 能的实施方式或第五方面的第五种可能的实施方式或第五方面的第六种可能 的实施方式或第五方面的第七种可能的实施方式或第五方面的第八种可能的 实施方式或第五方面的第九种可能的实施方式或第五方面的第十种可能的实 施方式或第五方面的第十一种可能的实施方式，在第五方面的第十二种可能的 实施方式中， 所述方法还包括： 所述基站将所述全双工子帧通知邻居基站。
本发明第六方面提供一种通信控制方法， 可包括：
第一用户终端接收来自基站的配置消息；
其中， 所述配置消息携带有辅配置指示， 所述辅配置指示用于指示出所述 基站为所述第一用户终端配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 所述第一用户终端的所述 辅传输配置与小区中的 M个用户终端的主传输配置不同， 其中， 所述第一用户 终端为所述 M个用户终端中的其中一个， 所述 M为正整数；
所述第一用户终端向所述基站上报所述第一用户终端在全双工子帧中受 到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数；
所述第一用户终端若接收到来自所述基站的激活消息，则根据所述激活消 息激活所述辅传输配置， 其中， 所述激活消息由所述基站在确定所述第一用户 终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数符合设定激活条件之 后发送；
其中， 所述主传输配置为主载波且所述辅传输配置为辅载波；
其中， 所述主载波的上行频段和所述辅载波下行频段相同，且所述主载波 的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同； 或者， 所述主载波的频段和所述辅载 波的频段相同， 且所述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD 上下行配比不同。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的第一种可能的实施方式中， 所述激活消息和
/或所述配置消息中还携带生效指示参数， 所述生效指示参数用于指示被激活 的所述辅传输配置的生效时间。 结合第六方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第六方面的第二种可能的实施 方式中， 所述生效指示参数包括生效周期和偏移量； 其中， 所述配置消息携带 所述生效周期， 所述激活消息携带所述偏移量； 或所述配置消息携带所述生效 周期和所述偏移量； 或所述激活消息携带所述生效周期和所述偏移量。
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第六方面的第二种 可能的实施方式，在第六方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，被激活的所述辅传 输配置生效一次或生效多次或周期性生效。
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第六方面的第二种 可能的实施方式或第六方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第六方面的第四种可 能的实施方式中，
在所述接收到来自所述基站的激活消息之后， 所述方法还包括： 所述第一 用户终端若接收到来自所述基站的去激活消息，根据所述去激活消息去激活所 述辅传输配置。
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第六方面的第二种 可能的实施方式或第六方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第六方面的第四种可 能的实施方式， 在第六方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，
所述第一用户终端向所述基站上报所述第一用户终端在全双工子帧中受 到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 包括： 所述第一用户终端向所述基站上报 测量报告，所述测量报告包含所述第一用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终 端干扰的被干扰参数。
结合第六方面的第五种可能的实施方式，在第六方面的第六种可能的实施 方式中，所述被干扰参数用于描述在全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考信 号的能量。
结合第六方面的第六种可能的实施方式，在第六方面的第七种可能的实施 方式中， 所述设定激活条件包括： 所述被干扰参数所描述的在全双工子帧中相 邻用户终端的上行参考信号的能量小于或等于第一阔值。
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第六方面的第二种 可能的实施方式或第六方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第六方面的第四种可 能的实施方式， 在第六方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，
所述第一用户终端向所述基站上报所述第一用户终端在全双工子帧中受 到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 包括：
所述第一用户终端向所述基站上报所述第一用户终端的位置信息，以便于 所述基站根据所述位置信息确定所述第一用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用 户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
结合第六方面的第八种可能的实施方式，在第六方面的第九种可能的实施 方式中，所述第一用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数 包括： 所述第一用户终端在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位置距 离；
其中， 所述设定激活条件包括： 在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物 理位置距离大于或等于第二阔值。
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可能的实施方式或第六方面的第二种 可能的实施方式或第六方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第六方面的第四种可 能的实施方式或第六方面的第五种可能的实施方式或第六方面的第六种可能 的实施方式或第六方面的第七种可能的实施方式或第六方面的第八种可能的 实施方式或第六方面的第九种可能的实施方式，在第六方面的第十种可能的实 施方式中， 当所述主载波的上行频段和所述辅载波下行频段相同，且所述主载 波的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同，所述第一用户终端使用所述主载波 和所述辅载波独立进行上 /下行传输或不同时使用所述主载波和所述辅载波独 立进行上 /下行传输； 或所述第一用户终端使用所述主载波和所述辅载波进行 上行传输而不进行下行传输，或所述第一用户终端使用所述主载波和所述辅载 波进行下行传输而不进行上行传输。
本发明第七方面提供一种计算机存储介质， 其中， 所述计算机存储介质存 储有程序，所述程序执行时包括本发明实施例提供的任意一种通信控制方法的 部分或全部步骤。
由上可见， 本实施例的技术方案中， 基站向小区中的 N个用户终端发送配 置消息， 上述配置消息携带有辅配置指示用于指示出上述基站为上述 N个用户 终端配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 小区内的 M个用户终端的主传输配置和上述 N 个用户终端的主传输配置不同， 其中， 上述 N个用户终端为上述 M个用户终端 的子集， 上述主传输配置为主载波且上述辅传输配置为辅载波。 其中， 上述主 载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段相同，且上述主载波的下行频段和上述 辅载波上行频段相同； 或上述主载波的频段和上述辅载波的频段相同，且上述 主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD上下行配比不同。基站获 得上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 基站 根据被干扰参数来通过激活消息为上述 N个用户终端之中的 K个用户终端激活 上述辅传输配置。 由于上述方案是让基站具有全双工通信能力， 而用户终端仍 可保持标准 FDD或 TDD通信能力，这种通信架构通过增强基站升级便可提升整 个系统容量， 可见， 上述方案有利于在尽量减少改动用户终端的前提下应用全 双工技术。 附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例技术方案，下面将对实施例和现有技术描 述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍， 显而易见地， 下面描述中的附图仅仅是 本发明的一些实施例，对于本领域普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动性 的前提下， 还可以根据这些附图获得其它的附图。
图 1为本发明实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意图；
图 2为本发明实施例提供的一种基站的示意图；
图 3为本发明实施例提供的另一种基站的示意图；
图 4为本发明实施例提供的另一种基站的示意图；
图 5为本发明实施例提供的一种通信终端的示意图；
图 6为本发明实施例提供的另一种通信终端的示意图；
图 7为本发明实施例提供的另一种通信终端的示意图；
图 8为本发明实施例提供的一种移动通信终端的示意图；
图 9为本发明实施例提供的一种通信控制方法的流程示意图；
图 10为本发明实施例提供的另一种通信控制方法的流程示意图； 图 11-a为本发明实施例提供的另一种通信控制方法的流程示意图； 图 11-b为本发明实施例提供的一种方向性传输的示意图；
图 11-c为本发明实施例提供的一种方向性传输的干扰示意图；
图 11-d为本发明实施例提供的另一种方向性传输的干扰示意图； 图 12为本发明实施例提供的另一种通信控制方法的流程示意图。 具体实施方式
本发明实施例提供通信控制方法及相关装置，有利于在尽量减少用户终端 改动的前提下应用全双工技术。
为使得本发明的发明目的、 特征、 优点能够更加的明显和易懂， 下面将结 合本发明实施例中的附图，对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、 完整地描 述， 显然， 下面所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部分实施例， 而非全部的实施 例。基于本发明中的实施例， 本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提 下所获得的所有其它实施例， 都属于本发明保护的范围。
本发明的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语 "第一"、 "第二"、 "第 三" "第四" 等是用于区别不同的对象， 而不是用于描述特定顺序。 此外， 术 语 "包括" 和 "具有" 以及它们任何变形， 意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。 例如 包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、 方法、 系统、 产品或设备没有限定于已列出 的步骤或单元， 而是可选地还包括没有列出的步骤或单元， 或可选地还包括对 于这些过程、 方法、 产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。
首先参见图 1， 本发明实施例提供一种通信系统， 可包括：
基站 101和 M个用户终端 102。 其中， 基站 101和 M个用户终端 102之间无线 连接。
其中， 基站 101用于， 向小区中的 N个用户终端 102发送配置消息， 上述配 置消息携带有辅配置指示， 上述辅配置指示用于指示出上述基站为上述 N个用 户终端配置的辅传输配置， 上述 N个用户终端 102的上述辅传输配置与上述小 区中的 M个用户终端的主传输配置不同， 上述 N个用户终端为上述 M个用户终 端 102的子集， 上述 N和 M为正整数； 获得上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受 相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 其中， 上述全双工子帧为在相同频段相同子 帧中上述主传输配置对应上行传输且上述辅传输配置对应下行传输的子帧；通 过激活消息为上述 N个用户终端之中的 K个用户终端激活上述辅传输配置， 其 中， 上述 Κ个用户终端受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数符合设定激活条 件， 上述 Κ个用户终端为上述 Ν个用户终端的子集， 上述 Κ为正整数； 上述主 传输配置为主载波且上述辅传输配置为辅载波； 其中， 上述主载波的上行频段 和上述辅载波下行频段相同，且上述主载波的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段 相同； 或者上述主载波的频段和上述辅载波的频段相同，且上述主载波的时分 双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD上下行配比不同。
其中， 上述 Μ个用户终端 102可为上述小区中的部分或全部用户终端。 其中， 上述主传输配置可为主载波且上述辅传输配置为辅载波。
可以理解， 基站 101为上述 Ν个用户终端 102配置的辅传输配置相同。 其中， 上述 Ν例如为 1、 2、 3、 5、 10、 20、 30、 50、 100或其它取值。 在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述基站 101可获得上述 Ν个用户终端在部分 或全部全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。举例来说， 上述基站
101可向上述 Ν个用户终端显示或隐示指示需测量的全双工子帧，上述 Ν个用户 终端可向上述基站 101上报在上述基站 101所指示的需测量的全双工子帧中上 述 Ν个用户终端受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。 当然， 上述 Ν个用户终端 也可自行向基站 101上报上述 Ν个用户终端在部分或全部的全双工子帧中受相 邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
例如， 基站 101可向上述 Ν个用户终端显示指示需测量的全双工子帧， 即 向 Ν个用户终端发送明确的测量请求， 指示用户终端基于特定的时频资源进行 干扰测量， 特定的时频资源可为全双工子帧。 或， 基站 101可向上述 Ν个用户 终端隐示指示需测量的全双工子帧， 即上述 Ν个用户终端接收到上述辅传输配 置， 上述 Ν个终端可通过对比辅传输配置和主传输配置来确定全双工子帧的位 置， 并基于全双工子帧进行干扰测量。
需要说明， 基站 101为用户终端配置的辅传输配置并不一定立即生效， 特 别是全双工子帧， 例如， 在配置辅传输配置后， 全双工子帧对于没有配置辅传 输配置的用户终端来说仍然是上行子帧，而对于配置了辅传输配置的用户终端 来说可看作是可用于进行侧量的空白子帧， 即在空白子帧， 配置了辅传输配置 的用户终端既不用做发送上行信号， 也不用做接收来自基站 101的下行信号， 部分或全部空白子帧可以用做测量的子帧。
其中， 激活辅传输配置后， 在辅传输配置生效时间段内， 基站 101可根据 辅传输配置进行和上述 K个用户终端之间的通信； 当然激活辅传输配置后， 在 辅传输配置未生效的时间段内， 基站 101仍可根据主传输配置进行和上述 K个 用户终端之间的通信。 其中， 上述时间段例如可以是无线帧， 当然上述时间段 也可以为其他的颗粒度， 例如上述时间段也可为子帧、 时隙等等。 其中， 在第 三代合作伙伴计划 ( 3GPP, 3rd Generation Partner Programmer ) 中， 1个无线 帧为 10毫秒， 1个无线帧包含 10个子帧或 20个时隙。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述激活消息和 /或上述配置消息中还可携带 生效指示参数， 其中， 上述生效指示参数用于指示被激活的上述辅传输配置的 生效时间。 当然， 上述激活消息和 /或上述配置消息中也可以不携带生效指示 参数， 而上述 K个用户终端可按照约定的生效时间， 来生效被激活的上述辅传 输配置。 例如， 上述 K个用户终端可可约定在下发激活消息之后的第 u个无线 帧生效。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述生效指示参数例如可包括生效周期和 /或 偏移量。 例如， 上述配置消息可携带上述生效周期， 上述激活消息可携带上述 偏移量。或上述配置消息可携带上述生效周期和上述偏移量。或上述激活消息 可携带上述生效周期和上述偏移量。
在本发明一些实施例中， H没上述配置消息携带上述生效周期， 上述激活 消息携带上述偏移量， 基站 101例如可以通过相同的配置消息配置多个用户终 端的辅配置， 而可以通过激活消息中不同的偏移量（例如不同的用户终端可对 应不同的偏移量）， 以尽量实现用户终端调度的公平性， 以及减少用户终端间 干扰的问题。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述生效指示参数指示被激活的上述辅传输配 置生效一次或生效多次（如 2次、 4次、 8次、 16次、 32次或其他次数）或周期 性生效（其中， 该周期性生效的生效周期可由于基站 101指示或者预先约定或 协议约定）。 其中， 对于生效一次或生效有限次（如 2次、 4次、 8次、 16次、 32 次或其他次数） 的场景， 基站 101也可以无需使用生效指示参数来指示辅传输 配置的生效时间， 例如可约定在下发激活消息之后的第 u个无线帧生效。
在本发明的一些实施例，当上述主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段 相同， 且上述主载波的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同， 上述 K用户终端 中的第一用户终端例如可使用上述主载波和上述辅载波独立进行上 /下行传输 或不同时使用上述主载波和上述辅载波独立进行上 /下行传输； 或者上述第一 用户终端使用上述主载波和上述辅载波进行上行传输而不进行下行传输，或者 上述第一用户终端使用上述主载波和上述辅载波进行下行传输而不进行上行 传输。 其中， 第一用户终端可为上述 K用户终端中的任意一个用户终端。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述基站 101还可用于， 通过激活消息为上述
N个用户终端之中的 K个用户终端激活上述辅传输配置之后， 通过去激活消息 去激活上述 K个用户终端之中的部分或全部用户终端的被激活的上述辅传输 配置。 可以理解， 通过引入辅传输配置的激活和去激活机制， 有利于提高辅传 输配置使用灵活性。
当然， 对于辅传输配置只生效一次或几次的一些场景， 基站 101也可不进 行去激活上述辅传输配置的操作，因为辅传输配置只生效一次或几次之后就自 动失效了。 可以理解， 通过引入辅传输配置的自动去激活机制， 有利于降低控 制信令开销。
其中， 用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 可以 是能够表征或得到该用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的程度的 各种参数。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述基站 101获得上述 N个用户终端在全双工 子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 可包括： 上述基站 101接收上述 N 个用户终端上报的测量报告， 其中， 上述 N个用户终端之中的每个用户终端上 报的测量报告包含该用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰 参数。
例如，上述被干扰参数用于描述在全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考 信号的能量。 例如， 上述设定激活条件可包括： 上述被干扰参数所描述的在全 双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考信号的能量小于或等于第一阔值。第一阔 值例如可为 -100dbm， -80dbm, -50dbm, -40dbm, -30dbm或可满足实际场景需 要的其他值。 例如第一阔值的取值范围可为 -lOOdbm到 -30dbm， 当然第一阔值 也可具有满足实际场景需要的其他取值范围。
在本发明的另一些实施例中， 上述基站 101获得上述 N个用户终端在全双 工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 例如可包括： 上述基站 101接收 上述 N个用户终端上报的位置信息， 根据上述 N个用户终端上报的位置信息确 定上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
例如， 上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参 数可以包括： 上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位 置距离。 其中， 上述设定激活条件可包括： 在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之 间的物理位置距离大于或等于第二阔值。
其中， 第二阔值例如可为 10米、 15米、 20米、 30米、 50米、 100米或可满 足实际场景需要的其他值。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述基站 101还可用于， 在上述全双工子帧内 釆用下行方向性传输， 其中， 上述下行方向性传输对应的波束覆盖上述 K个用 户终端中的至少 1个用户终端。基站 101在上述全双工子帧内釆用下行方向性传 输有利于减小基站 101对邻居基站 101上行接收的干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述基站 101还可用于， 将在上述全双工子帧 内上述基站 101釆用下行方向性传输的下行方向性传输参数发送给邻居基站 101，上述下行方向性传输参数包括波束指向和 /或波束宽度等。其中，基站 101 将下行方向性传输参数发送给邻居基站 101，使得邻居基站 101可据此进行干扰 协调处理， 进而有利于降低小区之间的干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。
在本发明一些实施例中， 基站 101还可用于， 可将上述全双工子帧通知邻 居基站 101。基站 101上述全双工子帧通知邻居基站 101，使得邻居基站 101可据 此进行干扰协调处理，进而有利于降低小区之间的干扰，进一步提升系统容量。
由上可见， 本实施例的技术方案中， 基站 101向小区中的 N个用户终端发 送配置消息， 上述配置消息携带有辅配置指示用于指示出上述基站 101为上述 N个用户终端配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 小区内的 M个用户终端的主传输配置 和上述 N个用户终端的主传输配置不同， 其中， 上述 N个用户终端为上述 M个 用户终端的子集， 上述主传输配置可为主载波且上述辅传输配置为辅载波。 其 中， 上述主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段相同，且上述主载波的下行 频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同；或上述主载波的频段和上述辅载波的频段相 同，且上述主载波的 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD上下行配比不同。基站 101获得上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参 数，基站 101根据被干扰参数来通过激活消息为上述 N个用户终端之中的 K个用 户终端激活上述辅传输配置。由于上述方案是让基站 101具有全双工通信能力， 而用户终端设备仍保持标准 FDD或 TDD通信能力，这种通信架构通过增强基站 101升级便可提升整个系统容量， 可见， 上述方案有利于在尽量减少改动用户 终端的前提下应用全双工技术。
进一步的， 由于基站 101是根据获得的上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中 受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 来通过激活消息为上述 N个用户终端之中 的 K个用户终端激活上述辅传输配置， 这使得基站 101在全双工子帧传输数据 能够在一定程度上实现干扰可控， 这样有利于减少全双工通信的互干扰，有利 于保证通信质量。
参见图 2， 本发明实施例提供一种基站 200， 可包括：
发送器 210、 获得单元 220和激活控制单元 230。
发送器 210， 用于向小区中的 N个用户终端发送配置消息， 其中， 上述配 置消息携带有辅配置指示， 上述辅配置指示用于指示出上述基站为上述 N个用 户终端配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 上述 N个用户终端的上述辅传输配置与上述 小区中的 M个用户终端的主传输配置不同， 其中， 上述 N个用户终端为上述 M 个用户终端的子集， 上述 N和 M为正整数；
获得单元 220， 用于获得上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终 端干扰的被干扰参数， 其中， 上述全双工子帧为在相同频段相同子帧中上述主 传输配置对应上行传输且上述辅传输配置对应下行传输的子帧；
激活控制单元 230，用于通过激活消息为上述 N个用户终端之中的 K个用户 终端激活上述辅传输配置， 上述 K个用户终端受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰 参数符合设定激活条件， 上述 K个用户终端为上述 N个用户终端的子集， 上述 K为正整数；
其中， 上述主传输配置为主载波且上述辅传输配置为辅载波；
其中， 上述主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段相同，且上述主载波 的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同； 或者， 上述主载波的频段和上述辅载 波的频段相同， 且上述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD 上下行配比不同。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述激活消息和 /或上述配置消息中还携带生 效指示参数， 其中， 上述生效指示参数用于指示被激活的上述辅传输配置的生 效时间。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述生效指示参数包括生效周期和偏移量； 其 中， 上述配置消息携带上述生效周期， 上述激活消息携带上述偏移量； 或上述 配置消息携带上述生效周期和上述偏移量；或上述激活消息携带上述生效周期 和上述偏移量。
在本发明的一些实施例中，被激活的上述辅传输配置生效一次或生效多次 或周期性生效。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述激活控制单元 230还用于， 通过激活消息 为上述 N个用户终端之中的 K个用户终端激活上述辅传输配置之后， 通过去激 活消息去激活上述 K个用户终端之中的部分或全部用户终端的被激活的上述 辅传输配置。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 获得单元 220具体用于， 接收上述 N个用户终 端上报的测量报告， 上述 N个用户终端之中的每个用户终端上报的测量报告包 含该用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述被干扰参数用于描述在全双工子帧中相邻 用户终端的上行参考信号的能量。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述设定激活条件可包括： 上述被干扰参数所 描述的在全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考信号的能量小于或等于第一 阔值。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 获得单元 220具体用于， 接收上述 N个用户终 端上报的位置信息， 根据上述 N个用户终端上报的位置信息确定上述 N个用户 终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户 终端干扰的被干扰参数可包括： 上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中与相邻用户 终端之间的物理位置距离。 其中， 上述设定激活条件包括： 在全双工子帧中与 相邻用户终端之间的物理位置距离大于或等于第二阔值。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述发送器 210还可用于， 在上述全双工子帧 内釆用下行方向性传输， 其中， 上述下行方向性传输对应的波束覆盖上述 K个 用户终端中的至少 1个用户终端。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述发送器 210还可用于， 将在上述全双工子 帧内上述发送器 210釆用下行方向性传输的下行方向性传输参数发送给邻居基 站， 其中， 上述下行方向性传输参数包括波束指向和 /或波束宽度。
在本发明一些实施例中， 上述发送器 210还用于将上述全双工子帧通知邻 居基站。
可以理解的是， 本实施例的基站 200的各功能模块的功能可根据下述方法 实施例中的方法具体实现，其具体实现过程可以参照上述方法实施例的相关描 述， 此处不再赘述。
由上可见， 本实施例的方案中， 基站 200向小区中的 N个用户终端发送配 置消息， 上述配置消息携带有辅配置指示用于指示出上述基站为上述 N个用户 终端配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 小区内的 M个用户终端的主传输配置和上述 N 个用户终端的主传输配置不同， 其中， 上述 N个用户终端为上述 M个用户终端 的子集， 上述主传输配置可为主载波且上述辅传输配置为辅载波。 其中， 上述 主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段相同，且上述主载波的下行频段和上 述辅载波上行频段相同； 或上述主载波的频段和上述辅载波的频段相同，且上 述主载波的 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD上下行配比不同。基站获得上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 基站根据被 干扰参数来通过激活消息为上述 N个用户终端之中的 K个用户终端激活上述辅 传输配置。 由于上述方案是让基站具有全双工通信能力， 而用户终端设备仍保 持标准 FDD或 TDD通信能力，这种通信架构通过增强基站升级便可提升整个系 统容量， 可见， 上述方案有利于在尽量减少改动用户终端的前提下应用全双工 技术。
进一步的， 由于基站是根据获得的上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相 邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 来通过激活消息为上述 N个用户终端之中的 K 个用户终端激活上述辅传输配置，这使得基站在全双工子帧传输数据能够在一 定程度上实现干扰可控， 这样有利于减少全双工通信的互干扰，有利于保证通 信质量。
参见图 3， 图 3为本发明实施例提供的基站 300的示意图， 基站 300可包括 处理器 302、 存储器 303和天线 301。
其中， 处理器 302通过调用存储器 303中存储的代码以用于， 通过天线 301 向小区中的 N个用户终端发送配置消息， 上述配置消息携带有辅配置指示， 上 述辅配置指示用于指示出上述基站为上述 N个用户终端配置的辅传输配置， 上 述 N个用户终端的上述辅传输配置与上述小区中的 M个用户终端的主传输配置 不同， 上述 N个用户终端为上述 M个用户终端的子集， 其中， 上述 N和 M为正 整数； 获得上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参 数， 其中， 上述全双工子帧为在相同频段相同子帧中上述主传输配置对应上行 传输且上述辅传输配置对应下行传输的子帧； 通过激活消息为上述 N个用户终 端之中的 K个用户终端激活上述辅传输配置， 其中， 上述 K个用户终端受到相 邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数符合设定激活条件， 上述 K个用户终端为上述 N 个用户终端的子集， 上述 K为正整数； 上述主传输配置为主载波且上述辅传输 配置为辅载波； 其中， 上述主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段相同， 且 上述主载波的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同；或者上述主载波的频段和 上述辅载波的频段相同，且上述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波 的 TDD上下行配比不同。
其中， 上述 M个用户终端可为上述小区中的部分或全部用户终端。 可以理解， 处理器 302为上述 N个用户终端配置的辅传输配置相同。
其中， 上述 N例如为 1、 2、 3、 5、 10、 20、 30、 50、 100或其它取值。 在本发明的一些实施例中， 处理器 302可获得上述 N个用户终端在部分或 全部全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。 举例来说， 处理器 302 可向上述 N个用户终端显示或隐示指示需测量的全双工子帧， 上述 N个用户终 端可向上述基站 300上报在上述基站 300所指示的需测量的全双工子帧中上述 N个用户终端受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。 当然， 上述 N个用户终端也 可自行向基站 300上报上述 N个用户终端在部分或全部的全双工子帧中受相邻 用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
例如处理器 302可向上述 N个用户终端显示指示需测量的全双工子帧， 即 向 N个用户终端发送明确的测量请求， 指示用户终端基于特定的时频资源进行 干扰测量， 特定的时频资源可为全双工子帧。 或， 处理器 302可向上述 N个用 户终端隐示指示需测量的全双工子帧， 即上述 N个用户终端接收到上述辅传输 配置， 上述 N个终端可通过对比辅传输配置和主传输配置来确定全双工子帧的 位置， 并基于全双工子帧进行干扰测量。
需要说明的是， 处理器 302为用户终端配置的辅传输配置并不一定立即生 效， 特别是全双工子帧， 例如， 在配置辅传输配置后， 全双工子帧对于没有配 置辅传输配置的用户终端来说仍然是上行子帧，而对于配置了辅传输配置的用 户终端来说可看作是可用于进行侧量的空白子帧， 即在空白子帧， 配置了辅传 输配置的用户终端既不用做发送上行信号， 也不用做接收来自基站的下行信 号， 部分或全部空白子帧可以用做测量的子帧。
其中， 激活辅传输配置后， 在辅传输配置生效的时间段内， 处理器 302可 根据辅传输配置进行和上述 K个用户终端之间的通信； 当然激活辅传输配置 后， 在辅传输配置未生效的时间段内， 处理器 302仍可根据主传输配置进行和 上述 K个用户终端之间的通信。 其中， 上述时间段例如可以是无线帧， 当然上 述时间段也可以为其他的颗粒度， 例如上述时间段也可为子帧、 时隙等等。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述激活消息和 /或上述配置消息中还可携带 生效指示参数， 其中， 上述生效指示参数用于指示被激活的上述辅传输配置的 生效时间。 当然， 上述激活消息和 /或上述配置消息中也可以不携带生效指示 参数， 而上述 K个用户终端可按照约定的生效时间， 来生效被激活的上述辅传 输配置。 例如， 上述 K个用户终端可可约定在下发激活消息之后的第 u个无线 帧生效。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述生效指示参数例如可包括生效周期和 /或 偏移量。 例如， 上述配置消息可携带上述生效周期， 上述激活消息可携带上述 偏移量。或上述配置消息可携带上述生效周期和上述偏移量。或上述激活消息 可携带上述生效周期和上述偏移量。
在本发明一些实施例中， H没上述配置消息携带上述生效周期， 上述激活 消息携带上述偏移量， 处理器 302例如可以通过相同的配置消息配置多个用户 终端的辅配置， 而可以通过激活消息中不同的偏移量（例如不同的用户终端可 对应不同的偏移量）， 以尽量实现用户终端调度的公平性， 以及减少用户终端 间干扰的问题。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述生效指示参数指示被激活的上述辅传输配 置生效一次或生效多次（如 2次、 4次、 8次、 13次、 32次或其他次数）或周期 性生效（其中， 该周期性生效的生效周期可由于基站指示或者预先约定或协议 约定）。 其中， 对于生效一次或生效有限次（如 2次、 4次、 8次、 13次、 32次或 其他次数）的场景，基站也可以无需使用生效指示参数来指示辅传输配置的生 效时间， 例如可约定在下发激活消息之后的第 u个无线帧生效。
在本发明的一些实施例，当上述主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段 相同， 且上述主载波的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同， 上述 K用户终端 中的第一用户终端例如可使用上述主载波和上述辅载波独立进行上 /下行传输 或不同时使用上述主载波和上述辅载波独立进行上 /下行传输； 或者上述第一 用户终端使用上述主载波和上述辅载波进行上行传输而不进行下行传输，或者 上述第一用户终端使用上述主载波和上述辅载波进行下行传输而不进行上行 传输。 其中， 第一用户终端可为上述 K用户终端中的任意一个用户终端。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 处理器 302通过激活消息为上述 N个用户终端 之中的 K个用户终端激活上述辅传输配置之后还可包括： 处理器 302通过去激 活消息去激活上述 K个用户终端之中的部分或全部用户终端的被激活的上述 辅传输配置。 可以理解， 通过引入辅传输配置的激活和去激活机制， 有利于提 高辅传输配置使用灵活性。
当然，对于辅传输配置只生效一次或几次的一些场景，基站也可不进行去 激活上述辅传输配置的操作，因为辅传输配置只生效一次或几次之后就自动失 效了。 可以理解， 通过引入辅传输配置的自动去激活机制， 有利于降低控制信 令开销。
其中， 用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 可以 是能够表征或得到该用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的程度的 各种参数。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 处理器 302获得上述 Ν个用户终端在全双工子 帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 可以包括： 处理器 302接收上述 Ν个 用户终端上报的测量报告， 其中， 上述 Ν个用户终端之中的每个用户终端上报 的测量报告包含该用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参 数。
例如，上述被干扰参数用于描述在全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考 信号的能量。 例如， 上述设定激活条件可包括： 上述被干扰参数所描述的在全 双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考信号的能量小于或等于第一阔值。第一阔 值例如可为 -100dbm， -80dbm, -50dbm, -40dbm, -30dbm或可满足实际场景需 要的其他值。 例如第一阔值的取值范围可为 -lOOdbm到 -30dbm， 当然第一阔值 也可具有满足实际场景需要的其他取值范围。
在本发明的另一些实施例中， 处理器 302获得上述 N个用户终端在全双工 子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 例如可包括： 处理器 302接收上述 N个用户终端上报的位置信息， 根据上述 N个用户终端上报的位置信息确定上 述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
例如， 上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参 数可以包括： 上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位 置距离。 其中， 上述设定激活条件可包括： 在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之 间的物理位置距离大于或等于第二阔值。
其中， 第二阔值例如可为 10米、 15米、 20米、 30米、 50米、 100米或可满 足实际场景需要的其他值。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 处理器 302可在上述全双工子帧内釆用下行方 向性传输， 其中， 上述下行方向性传输对应的波束覆盖上述 K个用户终端中的 至少 1个用户终端。处理器 302在上述全双工子帧内釆用下行方向性传输有利于 减小基站对邻居基站上行接收的干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 处理器 302还可将在上述全双工子帧内上述基 站釆用下行方向性传输的下行方向性传输参数发送给邻居基站， 其中， 上述下 行方向性传输参数包括波束指向和 /或波束宽度等。 其中， 处理器 302将下行方 向性传输参数发送给邻居基站，使得邻居基站可据此进行干扰协调处理， 进而 有利于降低小区之间的干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 处理器 302也可将上述全双工子帧通知邻居基 站。 处理器 302上述全双工子帧通知邻居基站， 使得邻居基站可据此进行干扰 协调处理， 进而有利于降低小区之间的干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。
可以理解的是， 本实施例的基站 300的各功能模块的功能可根据下述方法 实施例中的方法具体实现，其具体实现过程可以参照上述方法实施例的相关描 述， 此处不再赘述。
由上可见， 本实施例的方案中， 基站 300向小区中的 N个用户终端发送配 置消息， 上述配置消息携带有辅配置指示用于指示出上述基站为上述 N个用户 终端配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 小区内的 M个用户终端的主传输配置和上述 N 个用户终端的主传输配置不同， 其中， 上述 N个用户终端为上述 M个用户终端 的子集， 上述主传输配置可为主载波且上述辅传输配置为辅载波。 其中， 上述 主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段相同，且上述主载波的下行频段和上 述辅载波上行频段相同； 或上述主载波的频段和上述辅载波的频段相同，且上 述主载波的 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD上下行配比不同。基站获得上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 基站根据被 干扰参数来通过激活消息为上述 N个用户终端之中的 K个用户终端激活上述辅 传输配置。 由于上述方案是让基站具有全双工通信能力， 而用户终端设备仍保 持标准 FDD或 TDD通信能力，这种通信架构通过增强基站升级便可提升整个系 统容量， 可见， 上述方案有利于在尽量减少改动用户终端的前提下应用全双工 技术。
进一步的， 由于基站是根据获得的上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相 邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 来通过激活消息为上述 N个用户终端之中的 K 个用户终端激活上述辅传输配置，这使得基站在全双工子帧传输数据能够在一 定程度上实现干扰可控， 这样有利于减少全双工通信的互干扰，有利于保证通 信质量。
参见图 4， 图 4是本发明另一实施例提供的基站 400的结构框图。
其中， 基站 400可以包括： 至少一个处理器 401， 至少一个网络接口 404或 者其他用户接口 403， 存储器 405， 至少一个通信总线 402。 通信总线 402用于实 现这些组件之间的连接通信。其中，该基站 400可选的包含用户接口 403， 包括： 显示器（例如，触摸屏、 LCD、 CRT,全息成像（ Holographic )或者投影（ Projector ) 等）、 点击设备（例如， 鼠标， 轨迹球（ trackball )触感板或触摸屏等）、 摄像 头和 /或拾音装置等。
其中， 存储器 402例如可包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器， 并向处理器 401提供指令和数据。
存储器 402中的一部分还包括非易失性内存（NVRAM )等。
在一些实施方式中， 存储器 405存储了如下的元素， 可执行模块或者数据 结构， 或者他们的子集， 或者他们的扩展集：
操作系统 4051， 包含各种系统程序， 用于实现各种基础业务以及处理基于 硬件的任务。
应用程序模块 4052， 包含各种应用程序， 用于实现各种应用业务。
在本发明实施例中， 通过调用存储器 405存储的程序或指令， 处理器 401 向小区中的 N个用户终端发送配置消息， 上述配置消息携带有辅配置指示， 上 述辅配置指示用于指示出上述基站为上述 N个用户终端配置的辅传输配置， 上 述 N个用户终端的上述辅传输配置与上述小区中的 M个用户终端的主传输配置 不同， 上述 N个用户终端为上述 M个用户终端的子集， 其中， 上述 N和 M为正 整数； 获得上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参 数， 其中， 上述全双工子帧为在相同频段相同子帧中上述主传输配置对应上行 传输且上述辅传输配置对应下行传输的子帧； 通过激活消息为上述 N个用户终 端之中的 K个用户终端激活上述辅传输配置， 其中， 上述 K个用户终端受到相 邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数符合设定激活条件， 上述 K个用户终端为上述 N 个用户终端的子集， 上述 K为正整数； 上述主传输配置为主载波且上述辅传输 配置为辅载波； 其中， 上述主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段相同， 且 上述主载波的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同；或者上述主载波的频段和 上述辅载波的频段相同，且上述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波 的 TDD上下行配比不同。
其中， 上述 M个用户终端可为上述小区中的部分或全部用户终端。
可以理解， 处理器 401为上述 N个用户终端配置的辅传输配置相同。
其中， 上述 N例如为 1、 2、 3、 5、 10、 20、 30、 50、 100或其它取值。 在本发明的一些实施例中， 处理器 401可获得上述 N个用户终端在部分或 全部全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。 举例来说， 处理器 401 可向上述 N个用户终端显示或隐示指示需测量的全双工子帧， 上述 N个用户终 端可向上述基站 400上报在上述基站 400所指示的需测量的全双工子帧中上述 N个用户终端受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。 当然， 上述 N个用户终端也 可自行向基站 400上报上述 N个用户终端在部分或全部的全双工子帧中受相邻 用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
例如处理器 401可向上述 N个用户终端显示指示需测量的全双工子帧， 即 向 N个用户终端发送明确的测量请求， 指示用户终端基于特定的时频资源进行 干扰测量， 特定的时频资源可为全双工子帧。 或， 处理器 401可向上述 N个用 户终端隐示指示需测量的全双工子帧， 即上述 N个用户终端接收到上述辅传输 配置， 上述 N个终端可通过对比辅传输配置和主传输配置来确定全双工子帧的 位置， 并基于全双工子帧进行干扰测量。
需要说明的是， 处理器 401为用户终端配置的辅传输配置并不一定立即生 效， 特别是全双工子帧， 例如， 在配置辅传输配置后， 全双工子帧对于没有配 置辅传输配置的用户终端来说仍然是上行子帧，而对于配置了辅传输配置的用 户终端来说可看作是可用于进行侧量的空白子帧， 即在空白子帧， 配置了辅传 输配置的用户终端既不用做发送上行信号， 也不用做接收来自基站的下行信 号， 部分或全部空白子帧可以用做测量的子帧。
其中， 激活辅传输配置后， 在辅传输配置生效的时间段内， 处理器 401可 根据辅传输配置进行和上述 K个用户终端之间的通信； 当然激活辅传输配置 后， 在辅传输配置未生效的时间段内， 处理器 401仍可根据主传输配置进行和 上述 K个用户终端之间的通信。 其中， 上述时间段例如可以是无线帧， 当然上 述时间段也可以为其他的颗粒度， 例如上述时间段也可为子帧、 时隙等等。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述激活消息和 /或上述配置消息中还可携带 生效指示参数， 其中， 上述生效指示参数用于指示被激活的上述辅传输配置的 生效时间。 当然， 上述激活消息和 /或上述配置消息中也可以不携带生效指示 参数， 而上述 K个用户终端可按照约定的生效时间， 来生效被激活的上述辅传 输配置。 例如， 上述 K个用户终端可可约定在下发激活消息之后的第 u个无线 帧生效。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述生效指示参数例如可包括生效周期和 /或 偏移量。 例如， 上述配置消息可携带上述生效周期， 上述激活消息可携带上述 偏移量。或上述配置消息可携带上述生效周期和上述偏移量。或上述激活消息 可携带上述生效周期和上述偏移量。
在本发明一些实施例中， H没上述配置消息携带上述生效周期， 上述激活 消息携带上述偏移量， 处理器 401例如可以通过相同的配置消息配置多个用户 终端的辅配置， 而可以通过激活消息中不同的偏移量（例如不同的用户终端可 对应不同的偏移量）， 以尽量实现用户终端调度的公平性， 以及减少用户终端 间干扰的问题。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述生效指示参数指示被激活的上述辅传输配 置生效一次或生效多次（如 2次、 4次、 8次、 16次、 32次或其他次数）或周期 性生效（其中， 该周期性生效的生效周期可由于基站指示或者预先约定或协议 约定）。 其中， 对于生效一次或生效有限次（如 2次、 4次、 8次、 16次、 32次或 其他次数）的场景，基站也可以无需使用生效指示参数来指示辅传输配置的生 效时间， 例如可约定在下发激活消息之后的第 u个无线帧生效。
在本发明的一些实施例，当上述主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段 相同， 且上述主载波的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同， 上述 K用户终端 中的第一用户终端例如可使用上述主载波和上述辅载波独立进行上 /下行传输 或不同时使用上述主载波和上述辅载波独立进行上 /下行传输； 或者上述第一 用户终端使用上述主载波和上述辅载波进行上行传输而不进行下行传输，或者 上述第一用户终端使用上述主载波和上述辅载波进行下行传输而不进行上行 传输。 其中， 第一用户终端可为上述 K用户终端中的任意一个用户终端。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 处理器 401通过激活消息为上述 N个用户终端 之中的 K个用户终端激活上述辅传输配置之后还可包括： 处理器 401通过去激 活消息去激活上述 K个用户终端之中的部分或全部用户终端的被激活的上述 辅传输配置。 可以理解， 通过引入辅传输配置的激活和去激活机制， 有利于提 高辅传输配置使用灵活性。
当然，对于辅传输配置只生效一次或几次的一些场景，基站也可不进行去 激活上述辅传输配置的操作，因为辅传输配置只生效一次或几次之后就自动失 效了。 可以理解， 通过引入辅传输配置的自动去激活机制， 有利于降低控制信 令开销。
其中， 用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 可以 是能够表征或得到该用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的程度的 各种参数。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 处理器 401获得上述 N个用户终端在全双工子 帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 可以包括： 处理器 401接收上述 N个 用户终端上报的测量报告， 其中， 上述 N个用户终端之中的每个用户终端上报 的测量报告包含该用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参 数。
例如，上述被干扰参数用于描述在全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考 信号的能量。 例如， 上述设定激活条件可包括： 上述被干扰参数所描述的在全 双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考信号的能量小于或等于第一阔值。第一阔 值例如可为 -100dbm， -80dbm, -50dbm, -40dbm, -30dbm或可满足实际场景需 要的其他值。 例如第一阔值的取值范围可为 -lOOdbm到 -30dbm， 当然第一阔值 也可具有满足实际场景需要的其他取值范围。
在本发明的另一些实施例中， 处理器 401获得上述 N个用户终端在全双工 子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 例如可包括： 处理器 401接收上述 N个用户终端上报的位置信息， 根据上述 N个用户终端上报的位置信息确定上 述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
例如， 上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参 数可以包括： 上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位 置距离。 其中， 上述设定激活条件可包括： 在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之 间的物理位置距离大于或等于第二阔值。
其中， 第二阔值例如可为 10米、 15米、 20米、 30米、 50米、 100米或可满 足实际场景需要的其他值。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 处理器 401可在上述全双工子帧内釆用下行方 向性传输， 其中， 上述下行方向性传输对应的波束覆盖上述 K个用户终端中的 至少 1个用户终端。处理器 401在上述全双工子帧内釆用下行方向性传输有利于 减小基站对邻居基站上行接收的干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 处理器 401还可将在上述全双工子帧内上述基 站釆用下行方向性传输的下行方向性传输参数发送给邻居基站， 其中， 上述下 行方向性传输参数包括波束指向和 /或波束宽度等。 其中， 处理器 401将下行方 向性传输参数发送给邻居基站，使得邻居基站可据此进行干扰协调处理， 进而 有利于降低小区之间的干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 处理器 401也可将上述全双工子帧通知邻居基 站。 处理器 401上述全双工子帧通知邻居基站， 使得邻居基站可据此进行干扰 协调处理， 进而有利于降低小区之间的干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。
可以理解的是， 本实施例的基站 400的各功能模块的功能可根据下述方法 实施例中的方法具体实现，其具体实现过程可以参照上述方法实施例的相关描 述， 此处不再赘述。
由上可见， 本实施例的方案中， 基站 400向小区中的 N个用户终端发送配 置消息， 上述配置消息携带有辅配置指示用于指示出上述基站为上述 N个用户 终端配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 小区内的 M个用户终端的主传输配置和上述 N 个用户终端的主传输配置不同， 其中， 上述 N个用户终端为上述 M个用户终端 的子集， 上述主传输配置可为主载波且上述辅传输配置为辅载波。 其中， 上述 主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段相同，且上述主载波的下行频段和上 述辅载波上行频段相同； 或上述主载波的频段和上述辅载波的频段相同，且上 述主载波的 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD上下行配比不同。基站获得上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 基站根据被 干扰参数来通过激活消息为上述 N个用户终端之中的 K个用户终端激活上述辅 传输配置。 由于上述方案是让基站具有全双工通信能力， 而用户终端设备仍保 持标准 FDD或 TDD通信能力，这种通信架构通过增强基站升级便可提升整个系 统容量， 可见， 上述方案有利于在尽量减少改动用户终端的前提下应用全双工 技术。
进一步的， 由于基站是^ =艮据获得的上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相 邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 来通过激活消息为上述 N个用户终端之中的 K 个用户终端激活上述辅传输配置，这使得基站在全双工子帧传输数据能够在一 定程度上实现干扰可控， 这样有利于减少全双工通信的互干扰，有利于保证通 信质量。
参见图 5， 本发明实施例提供一种通信终端 500， 可包括：
接收器 510、 发送器 520和传输控制单元 530。
接收器 510， 用于接收来自基站的配置消息；
其中， 上述配置消息携带有辅配置指示， 上述辅配置指示用于指示出上述 基站为上述通信终端配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 上述通信终端的上述辅传输配 置与小区中的 M个用户终端的主传输配置不同， 其中， 上述通信终端为上述 M 个用户终端中的其中一个， 上述 M为正整数； 发送器 520， 用于向上述基站上报上述通信终端在全双工子帧中受到相邻 用户终端干扰的被干扰参数；
传输控制单元 530， 用于若接收到来自上述基站的激活消息， 则根据上述 激活消息激活上述辅传输配置， 其中， 上述激活消息由上述基站在确定上述通 信终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数符合设定激活条件 之后发送；
其中， 上述主传输配置为主载波且上述辅传输配置为辅载波；
其中， 上述主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段相同，且上述主载波 的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同； 或者， 上述主载波的频段和上述辅载 波的频段相同， 且上述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD 上下行配比不同。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述激活消息和 /或上述配置消息中还携带生 效指示参数， 其中， 上述生效指示参数用于指示被激活的上述辅传输配置的生 效时间；
其中， 上述传输控制单元 530还用于在上述生效指示参数所指示的生效时 间生效才艮据上述激活消息所激活得上述辅传输配置。
在本发明一些实施例中，上述生效指示参数包括生效周期和偏移量； 上述 配置消息携带上述生效周期， 上述激活消息携带上述偏移量； 或上述配置消息 携带上述生效周期和上述偏移量；或上述激活消息携带上述生效周期和上述偏 移量。
在本发明的一些实施例中，被激活的上述辅传输配置生效一次或生效多次 或周期性生效。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 传输控制单元 530还用于， 在接收到来自上述 基站的激活消息之后， 若接收到来自上述基站的去激活消息，根据上述去激活 消息去激活上述辅传输配置。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述发送器 520可具体用于， 向上述基站上报 测量报告，上述测量报告包含上述通信终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干 扰的被干扰参数。 在本发明的一些实施例中，上述被干扰参数用于描述在全双工子帧中相邻 用户终端的上行参考信号的能量。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述设定激活条件包括： 上述被干扰参数所描 述的在全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考信号的能量小于或等于第一阔 值。
在本发明的另一些实施例中， 上述发送器 520可具体用于， 向上述基站上 报上述通信终端的位置信息，以便于上述基站根据上述位置信息确定上述通信 终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。举例来说， 上述通信 终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数包括：上述通信终端在 全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位置距离。其中， 上述设定激活条件 可包括：在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位置距离大于或等于第二 阔值。
在本发明的一些实施例中，当上述主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频 段相同，且上述主载波的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同， 上述传输控制 单元还用于， 使用上述主载波和上述辅载波独立进行上 /下行传输或不同时使 用上述主载波和上述辅载波独立进行上 /下行传输； 或上述传输控制单元还用 于，使用上述主载波和上述辅载波进行上行传输而不进行下行传输， 或上述传 输控制单元还用于，使用上述主载波和上述辅载波进行下行传输而不进行上行 传输。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述基站可在上述全双工子帧内釆用下行方向 性传输， 其中， 上述下行方向性传输对应的波束覆盖上述第一用户终端。 测试 步提升系统容量。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述基站还可将在上述全双工子帧内上述基站 釆用下行方向性传输的下行方向性传输参数发送给邻居基站， 其中， 上述下行 方向性传输参数包括波束指向和 /或波束宽度等。 其中， 基站将下行方向性传 输参数发送给邻居基站，使得邻居基站可据此进行干扰协调处理， 进而有利于 降低小区之间的干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。 在本发明一些实施例中，上述基站还可进一步将上述全双工子帧通知邻居 基站。上述基站上述全双工子帧通知邻居基站，使得邻居基站可据此进行干扰 协调处理， 进而有利于降低小区之间的干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。
可以理解的是， 本实施例的通信终端 500的各功能模块的功能可根据下述 方法实施例中的方法具体实现，其具体实现过程可以参照上述方法实施例的相 关描述， 此处不再赘述。
由上可见， 本实施例的技术方案中， 小区中的通信终端 500接收来自基站 的配置消息，上述配置消息携带有辅配置指示用于指示出上述基站为上述通信 终端 500配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 上述小区内的 M个用户终端的主传输配置 和上述通信终端 500的主传输配置不同， 其中， 上述通信终端 500为上述 M个用 户终端中的其中 1个， 其中， 上述主传输配置可为主载波且上述辅传输配置为 辅载波。 其中， 上述主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段相同， 且上述主 载波的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同；或上述主载波的频段和上述辅载 波的频段相同， 且上述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD 上下行配比不同。上述通信终端 500向上述基站上报上述通信终端 500在全双工 子帧中受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数，以便于基站根据被干扰参数来确 定是否通过激活消息为通信终端 500激活上述辅传输配置。 其中， 由于上述方 案是让基站具有全双工通信能力，而用户终端设备仍保持标准 FDD或 TDD通信 能力， 这种通信架构通过增强基站升级便可提升整个系统容量， 可见， 上述方 案有利于在尽量减少改动用户终端的前提下应用全双工技术。
进一步的， 由于基站是根据获得的上述通信终端 500在全双工子帧中受相 邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 来确定是否通过激活消息为上述通信终端 500 激活上述辅传输配置，这使得基站在全双工子帧传输数据时能够在一定程度上 实现干扰可控， 这样有利于减少全双工通信的互干扰， 进而有利于保证通信的 质量。
参见图 6，图 6为本发明实施例提供的通信终端 600的示意图，通信终端 600 可包括天线 601、 处理器 602和存储器 603。
其中， 处理器 602调用存储器 603中存储的代码以用于， 通过天线 601接收 来自基站的配置消息； 其中， 上述配置消息携带有辅配置指示， 上述辅配置指 示用于指示出上述基站为上述通信终端 600配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 上述通 信终端 600的上述辅传输配置与小区中的 M个用户终端的主传输配置不同， 上 述通信终端 600为上述 M个用户终端中的其中一个， 上述 M为正整数； 向上述 基站上报上述通信终端 600在全双工子帧中受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参 数； 若接收到来自上述基站的激活消息， 则根据上述激活消息激活上述辅传输 配置， 其中， 上述激活消息由上述基站在确定上述通信终端 600在全双工子帧 中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数符合设定激活条件之后发送。
其中， 上述 M个用户终端可为上述小区中的部分或全部用户终端。
其中， 上述主传输配置可为主载波且上述辅传输配置为辅载波。
其中， 上述主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段相同，且上述主载波 的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同； 或者， 上述主载波的频段和上述辅载 波的频段相同， 且上述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD 上下行配比不同。
其中， 通信终端 600进行干扰测量的全双工子帧的位置可以由基站显示或 隐示指示， 通信终端 600在可在基站显示或隐示指示的全双工子帧中进行干扰 测量。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 基站可获得包括通信终端 600在内的 N个用户 终端在部分或全部全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。 举例来 说， 上述基站可向上述 N个用户终端显示或隐示指示需测量的全双工子帧， 上 述 N个用户终端可向上述基站上报在上述基站所指示的需测量的全双工子帧 中上述 N个用户终端受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。 当然， 上述 N个用户 终端也可自行向基站上报上述 N个用户终端在部分或全部的全双工子帧中受 相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
例如， 基站可向上述 N个用户终端显示指示需测量的全双工子帧， 即向 N 个用户终端发送明确的测量请求，基于特定的时频资源进行干扰测量， 其中特 定资源为全双工子帧。 或者， 基站可向上述 N个用户终端隐示指示需测量的全 双工子帧， 即上述 N个用户终端接收到上述辅传输配置， 上述 N个终端可通过 对比辅传输配置和主传输配置来确定全双工子帧的位置，并基于全双工子帧进 行干扰测量。
需要说明，基站为用户终端配置的辅传输配置并不一定立即生效，特别是 全双工子帧， 例如， 在配置辅传输配置后， 全双工子帧对于没有配置辅传输配 置的用户终端来说仍然是上行子帧，而对于配置了辅传输配置的用户终端来说 可看作是可用于进行侧量的空白子帧， 即在空白子帧， 配置了辅传输配置的用 户终端既不用做发送上行信号，也不用做接收来自基站的下行信号，部分或全 部空白子帧可以用做测量的子帧。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述激活消息和 /或上述配置消息中还可携带 生效指示参数， 其中， 上述生效指示参数用于指示被激活的上述辅传输配置的 生效时间。 当然， 上述激活消息和 /或上述配置消息中也可以不携带生效指示 参数， 而上述处理器 602可按照约定的生效时间， 来生效被激活的上述辅传输 配置。例如，基站和上述通信终端 600可约定在下发激活消息之后的第 u个无线 帧生效。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述生效指示参数例如可包括生效周期和 /或 偏移量。 例如， 上述配置消息可携带上述生效周期， 上述激活消息可携带上述 偏移量； 或上述配置消息可携带上述生效周期和上述偏移量； 或上述激活消息 可携带上述生效周期和上述偏移量。
在本发明一些实施例中， H没上述配置消息携带上述生效周期， 上述激活 消息携带上述偏移量，基站例如可以通过相同的配置消息配置多个用户终端的 辅配置， 而可以通过激活消息中不同的偏移量（例如不同的用户终端可对应不 同的偏移量）， 以尽量实现用户终端调度的公平性， 以及减少用户终端间干扰 的问题。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述生效指示参数指示被激活的上述辅传输配 置生效一次或生效多次（如 2次、 4次、 8次、 16次、 32次或其他次数）或周期 性生效（其中， 该周期性生效的生效周期可由于基站指示或者预先约定或协议 约定）。 其中， 对于生效一次或生效有限次（如 2次、 4次、 8次、 16次、 32次或 其他次数）的场景，基站也可以无需使用生效指示参数来指示辅传输配置的生 效时间， 例如可约定在下发激活消息之后的第 u个无线帧生效， 其中， 上述 u 为可正整数。
在本发明的一些实施例中，在接收到来自上述基站的激活消息之后， 处理 器 602还可用于， 若接收到来自上述基站的去激活消息， 则可根据上述去激活 消息去激活上述辅传输配置。 可以理解，通过引入辅传输配置的激活和去激活 机制， 有利于提高辅传输配置使用灵活性。
当然，对于辅传输配置只生效一次或几次的一些场景，基站也可不进行去 激活上述辅传输配置的操作，因为辅传输配置只生效一次或几次之后就自动失 效了。 可以理解， 通过引入辅传输配置的自动去激活机制， 有利于降低控制信 令开销。
其中， 用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 可以 是能够表征或得到该用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的程度的 各种参数。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述处理器 602向上述基站上报上述通信终端 600在全双工子帧中受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 可包括： 处理器 602 向上述基站上报测量报告， 上述测量报告包含上述通信终端 600在全双工子帧 中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。 例如， 上述被干扰参数用于描述在全双 工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考信号的能量。例如， 上述设定激活条件可包 括：上述被干扰参数所描述的在全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考信号的 能量小于或等于第一阔值。
第一阔值例如为 -100dbm， -80dbm, -50dbm, -40dbm, -30dbm或可满足实 际场景需要的其他值。 例如第一阔值的取值范围可为 -lOOdbm到 -30dbm， 当然 第一阔值也可具有满足实际场景需要的其他取值范围。
在本发明的另一些实施例中， 上述处理器 602向上述基站上报上述通信终 端 600在全双工子帧中受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 包括： 处理器 602 向上述基站上报上述通信终端 600的位置信息， 以便于上述基站根据上述位置 信息确定上述通信终端 600在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参 数。 例如， 上述通信终端 600在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参 数可以包括： 上述通信终端 600在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位 置距离 （其中， 上述通信终端 600在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理 位置距离可以在一定程度上表征上述通信终端 600在全双工子帧中受相邻用户 终端干扰的程度， 例如上述物理位置距离越小， 表示上述通信终端 600在全双 工子帧中受相邻用户终端的干扰越小， 上述物理位置距离越大，表示上述通信 终端 600在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端的干扰越大）。其中， 上述设定激活条 件可以包括：在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位置距离大于或等于 第二阔值。
其中， 第二阔值例如可为 10米、 15米、 20米、 30米、 50米、 100米或可满 足实际场景需要的其他值。
在本发明的一些实施例，若上述主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段 相同， 且上述主载波的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同， 上述处理器 602 使用上述主载波和上述辅载波独立进行上 /下行传输或不同时使用上述主载波 和上述辅载波独立进行上 /下行传输； 或上述处理器 602使用上述主载波和上述 辅载波进行上行传输而不进行下行传输， 或者上述处理器 602使用上述主载波 和上述辅载波进行下行传输而不进行上行传输。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述基站可在上述全双工子帧内釆用下行方向 性传输， 其中， 上述下行方向性传输对应的波束覆盖上述通信终端 600。 测试 步提升系统容量。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述基站还可将在上述全双工子帧内上述基站 釆用下行方向性传输的下行方向性传输参数发送给邻居基站， 其中， 上述下行 方向性传输参数包括波束指向和 /或波束宽度等。 其中， 基站将下行方向性传 输参数发送给邻居基站，使得邻居基站可据此进行干扰协调处理， 进而有利于 降低小区之间的干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。
在本发明一些实施例中，上述基站还可进一步将上述全双工子帧通知邻居 基站。上述基站上述全双工子帧通知邻居基站，使得邻居基站可据此进行干扰 协调处理， 进而有利于降低小区之间的干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。 可以理解的是，本实施例的通信终端 600的各功能模块的功能可根据下述 方法实施例中的方法具体实现，其具体实现过程可以参照上述方法实施例的相 关描述， 此处不再赘述。
由上可见， 本实施例的技术方案中， 小区中的通信终端 600接收来自基站 的配置消息，上述配置消息携带有辅配置指示用于指示出上述基站为上述通信 终端 600配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 上述小区内的 M个用户终端的主传输配置 和上述通信终端 600的主传输配置不同， 其中， 上述通信终端 600为上述 M个用 户终端中的其中 1个， 其中， 上述主传输配置可为主载波且上述辅传输配置为 辅载波。 其中， 上述主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段相同， 且上述主 载波的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同；或上述主载波的频段和上述辅载 波的频段相同， 且上述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD 上下行配比不同。上述通信终端 600向上述基站上报上述通信终端 600在全双工 子帧中受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数，以便于基站根据被干扰参数来确 定是否通过激活消息为通信终端 600激活上述辅传输配置。 由于上述方案是让 基站具有全双工通信能力， 而用户终端设备仍保持标准 FDD或 TDD通信能力， 这种通信架构通过增强基站升级便可提升整个系统容量， 可见， 上述方案有利 于在尽量减少改动用户终端的前提下应用全双工技术。
进一步的， 由于基站是根据获得的上述通信终端 600在全双工子帧中受相 邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 来确定是否通过激活消息为上述通信终端 600 激活上述辅传输配置，这使得基站在全双工子帧传输数据时能够在一定程度上 实现干扰可控， 这样有利于减少全双工通信的互干扰， 进而有利于保证通信的 质量。
参见图 7， 图 7是本发明另一实施例提供的通信终端 700的结构框图。
其中，通信终端 700可以包括：至少一个处理器 701，至少一个网络接口 704 或者其他用户接口 703， 存储器 705， 至少一个通信总线 702。 通信总线 702用于 实现这些组件之间的连接通信。其中，该通信终端 700可选的包含用户接口 703， 包括： 显示器（例如， 触摸屏、 LCD、 CRT, 全息成像（Holographic )或者投 影 （Projector )等）、 点击设备（例如， 鼠标， 轨迹球（trackball )触感板或触 摸屏等）、 摄像头和 /或拾音装置等。
其中， 存储器 702例如可包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器， 并向处理器 701提供指令和数据。
存储器 702中的一部分还包括非易失性内存（NVRAM )等。
在一些实施方式中， 存储器 705存储了如下的元素， 可执行模块或者数据 结构， 或者他们的子集， 或者他们的扩展集：
操作系统 7051， 包含各种系统程序， 用于实现各种基础业务以及处理基于 硬件的任务。
应用程序模块 7052， 包含各种应用程序， 用于实现各种应用业务。
在本发明实施例中， 通过调用存储器 705存储的程序或指令， 处理器 701 接收来自基站的配置消息； 其中， 上述配置消息携带有辅配置指示， 上述辅配 置指示用于指示出上述基站为上述通信终端 700配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 上 述通信终端 700的上述辅传输配置与小区中的 M个用户终端的主传输配置不 同， 上述通信终端 700为上述 M个用户终端中的其中一个， 上述 M为正整数； 向上述基站上报上述通信终端 700在全双工子帧中受到相邻用户终端干扰的被 干扰参数； 若接收到来自上述基站的激活消息， 则根据上述激活消息激活上述 辅传输配置， 其中， 上述激活消息由上述基站在确定上述通信终端 700在全双 工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数符合设定激活条件之后发送。
其中， 上述 M个用户终端可为上述小区中的部分或全部用户终端。
其中， 上述主传输配置可为主载波且上述辅传输配置为辅载波。
其中， 上述主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段相同，且上述主载波 的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同； 或者， 上述主载波的频段和上述辅载 波的频段相同， 且上述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD 上下行配比不同。
其中， 通信终端 700进行干扰测量的全双工子帧的位置可以由基站显示或 隐示指示， 通信终端 700在可在基站显示或隐示指示的全双工子帧中进行干扰 测量。 在本发明的一些实施例中， 基站可获得包括通信终端 700在内的 N个用户 终端在部分或全部全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。 举例来 说， 上述基站可向上述 N个用户终端显示或隐示指示需测量的全双工子帧， 上 述 N个用户终端可向上述基站上报在上述基站所指示的需测量的全双工子帧 中上述 N个用户终端受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。 当然， 上述 N个用户 终端也可自行向基站上报上述 N个用户终端在部分或全部的全双工子帧中受 相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
例如， 基站可向上述 N个用户终端显示指示需测量的全双工子帧， 即向 N 个用户终端发送明确的测量请求，基于特定的时频资源进行干扰测量， 其中特 定资源为全双工子帧。 或者， 基站可向上述 N个用户终端隐示指示需测量的全 双工子帧， 即上述 N个用户终端接收到上述辅传输配置， 上述 N个终端可通过 对比辅传输配置和主传输配置来确定全双工子帧的位置，并基于全双工子帧进 行干扰测量。
需要说明，基站为用户终端配置的辅传输配置并不一定立即生效，特别是 全双工子帧， 例如， 在配置辅传输配置后， 全双工子帧对于没有配置辅传输配 置的用户终端来说仍然是上行子帧，而对于配置了辅传输配置的用户终端来说 可看作是可用于进行侧量的空白子帧， 即在空白子帧， 配置了辅传输配置的用 户终端既不用做发送上行信号，也不用做接收来自基站的下行信号，部分或全 部空白子帧可以用做测量的子帧。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述激活消息和 /或上述配置消息中还可携带 生效指示参数， 其中， 上述生效指示参数用于指示被激活的上述辅传输配置的 生效时间。 当然， 上述激活消息和 /或上述配置消息中也可以不携带生效指示 参数， 而上述处理器 701可按照约定的生效时间， 来生效被激活的上述辅传输 配置。例如，基站和上述通信终端 700可约定在下发激活消息之后的第 u个无线 帧生效。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述生效指示参数例如可包括生效周期和 /或 偏移量。 例如， 上述配置消息可携带上述生效周期， 上述激活消息可携带上述 偏移量； 或上述配置消息可携带上述生效周期和上述偏移量； 或上述激活消息 可携带上述生效周期和上述偏移量。
在本发明一些实施例中， H没上述配置消息携带上述生效周期， 上述激活 消息携带上述偏移量，基站例如可以通过相同的配置消息配置多个用户终端的 辅配置， 而可以通过激活消息中不同的偏移量（例如不同的用户终端可对应不 同的偏移量）， 以尽量实现用户终端调度的公平性， 以及减少用户终端间干扰 的问题。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述生效指示参数指示被激活的上述辅传输配 置生效一次或生效多次（如 2次、 4次、 8次、 16次、 32次或其他次数）或周期 性生效（其中， 该周期性生效的生效周期可由于基站指示或者预先约定或协议 约定）。 其中， 对于生效一次或生效有限次（如 2次、 4次、 8次、 16次、 32次或 其他次数）的场景，基站也可以无需使用生效指示参数来指示辅传输配置的生 效时间， 例如可约定在下发激活消息之后的第 u个无线帧生效， 其中， 上述 u 为可正整数。
在本发明的一些实施例中，在接收到来自上述基站的激活消息之后， 处理 器 701还可用于， 若接收到来自上述基站的去激活消息， 则可根据上述去激活 消息去激活上述辅传输配置。 可以理解，通过引入辅传输配置的激活和去激活 机制， 有利于提高辅传输配置使用灵活性。
当然，对于辅传输配置只生效一次或几次的一些场景，基站也可不进行去 激活上述辅传输配置的操作，因为辅传输配置只生效一次或几次之后就自动失 效了。 可以理解， 通过引入辅传输配置的自动去激活机制， 有利于降低控制信 令开销。
其中， 用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 可以 是能够表征或得到该用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的程度的 各种参数。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述处理器 701向上述基站上报上述通信终端
700在全双工子帧中受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 可包括： 处理器 701 向上述基站上报测量报告， 上述测量报告包含上述通信终端 700在全双工子帧 中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。 例如， 上述被干扰参数用于描述在全双 工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考信号的能量。例如， 上述设定激活条件可包 括：上述被干扰参数所描述的在全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考信号的 能量小于或等于第一阔值。
第一阔值例如为 -100dbm， -80dbm, -50dbm, -40dbm, -30dbm或可满足实 际场景需要的其他值。 例如第一阔值的取值范围可为 -lOOdbm到 -30dbm， 当然 第一阔值也可具有满足实际场景需要的其他取值范围。
在本发明的另一些实施例中， 上述处理器 701向上述基站上报上述通信终 端 700在全双工子帧中受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 包括： 处理器 701 向上述基站上报上述通信终端 700的位置信息， 以便于上述基站根据上述位置 信息确定上述通信终端 700在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参 数。
例如， 上述通信终端 700在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参 数可以包括： 上述通信终端 700在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位 置距离 （其中， 上述通信终端 700在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理 位置距离可以在一定程度上表征上述通信终端 700在全双工子帧中受相邻用户 终端干扰的程度， 例如上述物理位置距离越小， 表示上述通信终端 700在全双 工子帧中受相邻用户终端的干扰越小， 上述物理位置距离越大，表示上述通信 终端 700在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端的干扰越大）。其中， 上述设定激活条 件可以包括：在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位置距离大于或等于 第二阔值。
其中， 第二阔值例如可为 10米、 15米、 20米、 30米、 50米、 100米或可满 足实际场景需要的其他值。
在本发明的一些实施例，若上述主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段 相同， 且上述主载波的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同， 上述处理器 701 使用上述主载波和上述辅载波独立进行上 /下行传输或不同时使用上述主载波 和上述辅载波独立进行上 /下行传输； 或上述处理器 701使用上述主载波和上述 辅载波进行上行传输而不进行下行传输， 或者上述处理器 701使用上述主载波 和上述辅载波进行下行传输而不进行上行传输。 在本发明的一些实施例中，上述基站可在上述全双工子帧内釆用下行方向 性传输， 其中， 上述下行方向性传输对应的波束覆盖上述通信终端 700。 测试 步提升系统容量。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述基站还可将在上述全双工子帧内上述基站 釆用下行方向性传输的下行方向性传输参数发送给邻居基站， 其中， 上述下行 方向性传输参数包括波束指向和 /或波束宽度等。 其中， 基站将下行方向性传 输参数发送给邻居基站，使得邻居基站可据此进行干扰协调处理， 进而有利于 降低小区之间的干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。
在本发明一些实施例中，上述基站还可进一步将上述全双工子帧通知邻居 基站。上述基站上述全双工子帧通知邻居基站，使得邻居基站可据此进行干扰 协调处理， 进而有利于降低小区之间的干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。
可以理解的是，本实施例的通信终端 700的各功能模块的功能可根据下述 方法实施例中的方法具体实现，其具体实现过程可以参照上述方法实施例的相 关描述， 此处不再赘述。
由上可见， 本实施例的技术方案中， 小区中的通信终端 700接收来自基站 的配置消息，上述配置消息携带有辅配置指示用于指示出上述基站为上述通信 终端 700配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 上述小区内的 M个用户终端的主传输配置 和上述通信终端 700的主传输配置不同， 其中， 上述通信终端 700为上述 M个用 户终端中的其中 1个， 其中， 上述主传输配置可为主载波且上述辅传输配置为 辅载波。 其中， 上述主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段相同， 且上述主 载波的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同；或上述主载波的频段和上述辅载 波的频段相同， 且上述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD 上下行配比不同。上述通信终端 700向上述基站上报上述通信终端 700在全双工 子帧中受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数，以便于基站根据被干扰参数来确 定是否通过激活消息为通信终端 700激活上述辅传输配置。 由于上述方案是让 基站具有全双工通信能力， 而用户终端设备仍保持标准 FDD或 TDD通信能力， 这种通信架构通过增强基站升级便可提升整个系统容量， 可见， 上述方案有利 于在尽量减少改动用户终端的前提下应用全双工技术。
进一步的， 由于基站是根据获得的上述通信终端 700在全双工子帧中受相 邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 来确定是否通过激活消息为上述通信终端 700 激活上述辅传输配置，这使得基站在全双工子帧传输数据时能够在一定程度上 实现干扰可控， 这样有利于减少全双工通信的互干扰， 进而有利于保证通信的 质量。
本发明实施例还提供一种移动通信终端 800的示意图， 其中， 移动通信终 端 800可用于实现上述实施例中通信终端 500或通信终端 600或通信终端 700的 部分或全部功能。 如图 8所示， 为了便于说明， 仅示出了一些可能与本发明实 施例相关的部分，部分具体技术细节未揭示的，请参照本发明实施例的方法部 分。
参考图 8， 移动通信终端 800包括射频（ Radio Frequency, RF ) 电路 810、 存储器 820、 输入单元 830、 无线保真（wireless fidelity, WiFi )模块 870、 显示 单元 840、 传感器 850、 音频电路 860、 处理器 880、 以及电源 890等部件。
其中， 本领域技术人员可以理解， 图 8中示出的移动通信终端 800结构并不 构成对移动通信终端的限定， 可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件， 或者组合某 些部件， 或者不同的部件布置。
RF电路 810可用于在收发信息或通话过程中，信号的接收和发送，特别地， 将基站的下行信息接收后， 给处理器 880处理； 另外， 将设计上行的数据发送 给基站。 通常， RF电路包括但不限于天线、 至少一个放大器、 收发信机、 耦 合器、 低噪声放大器 （ Low Noise Amplifier, LNA )、 双工器等。 此外， RF电 路 810还可以通过无线通信与网络和其他设备通信。 上述无线通信可以使用任 一通信标准或协议， 包括但不限于全球移动通讯系统 （ Global System of Mobile communication , GSM )、 通用分组无线月良务 ( General Packet Radio Service, GPRS )、 码分多址（ Code Division Multiple Access, CDMA ), 宽带码 分多址（ Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA )、长期演进 ( Long Term Evolution, LTE ) )、 电子邮件、 短消息服务（ Short Messaging Service, SMS )等。 其中，存储器 820可用于存储软件程序以及模块， 处理器 880通过运行存储 在存储器 820的软件程序以及模块， 从而执行移动通信终端的各种功能应用以 及数据处理。 存储器 820可主要包括存储程序区和存储数据区， 其中， 存储程 序区可存储操作系统、 至少一个功能所需的应用程序（如声音播放功能、 图像 播放功能等）等；存储数据区可存储根据移动通信终端的使用所创建的数据（如 音频数据、 电话本等）等。 此外， 存储器 820可以包括高速随机存取存储器， 还可以包括非易失性存储器， 例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、 闪存器件、 或其他 易失性固态存储器件。
输入单元 830可用于接收输入的数字或字符信息， 以及产生与移动通信终 端 800的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。具体地，输入单元 830可包 括触控面板 831以及其他输入设备 832。 触控面板 831， 也称为触摸屏， 可收集 用户在其上或附近的触摸操作 (比如用户使用手指、触笔等任何适合的物体或 附件在触控面板 831上或在触控面板 831附近的操作 )， 并根据预先设定的程式 驱动相应的连接装置。 可选的， 触控面板 831可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制 器两个部分。 其中， 触摸检测装置检测用户的触摸方位， 并检测触摸操作带来 的信号，将信号传送给触摸控制器； 触摸控制器从触摸检测装置上接收触摸信 息， 并将它转换成触点坐标， 再送给处理器 880， 并能接收处理器 880发来的命 令并加以执行。 此外， 可以釆用电阻式、 电容式、 红外线以及表面声波等多种 类型实现触控面板 831。 除了触控面板 831， 输入单元 830还可以包括其他输入 设备 832。 具体地， 其他输入设备 832可以包括但不限于物理键盘、 功能键（比 如音量控制按键、 开关按键等）、 轨迹球、 鼠标、 操作杆等中的一种或多种。
其中， 显示单元 840可用于显示由用户输入的信息或提供给用户的信息以 及移动通信终端的各种菜单。 显示单元 840可包括显示面板 841， 可选的， 可以 釆用液晶显示器 （Liquid Crystal Display, LCD ), 有机发光二极管 （Organic Light-Emitting Diode, OLED )等形式来配置显示面板 841。 进一步的， 触控面 板 831可覆盖显示面板 841，当触控面板 831检测到在其上或附近的触摸操作后， 传送给处理器 880以确定触摸事件的类型，随后处理器 880根据触摸事件的类型 在显示面板 841上提供相应的视觉输出。 虽然在图 8中， 触控面板 831与显示面 板 841是作为两个独立的部件来实现移动通信终端的输入和输入功能， 但是在 某些实施例中，可以将触控面板 831与显示面板 841集成而实现移动通信终端的 输入和输出功能。
其中， 移动通信终端 800还可包括至少一种传感器 850， 比如光传感器、运 动传感器以及其他传感器。具体地， 光传感器可包括环境光传感器及接近传感 器， 其中， 环境光传感器可根据环境光线的明暗来调节显示面板 841的亮度， 接近传感器可在移动通信终端移动到耳边时， 关闭显示面板 841和 /或背光。 作 为运动传感器的一种， 加速计传感器可检测各方向上（一般为三轴）加速度大 小，静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向， 可用于识别移动通信终端姿态的应用 (比如横竖屏切换、 相关游戏、 磁力计姿态校准）、 振动识别相关功能（比如 计步器、 敲击）等； 至于移动通信终端还可配置的陀螺仪、 气压计、 湿度计、 温度计和红外线传感器等其他传感器， 在此不再赘述。
音频电路 860、 扬声器 861， 传声器 862可提供用户与移动通信终端之间的 音频接口。 音频电路 860可将接收到的音频数据转换后的电信号， 传输到扬声 器 861， 由扬声器 861转换为声音信号输出； 另一方面， 传声器 862将收集的声 音信号转换为电信号， 由音频电路 860接收后转换为音频数据， 再将音频数据 输出处理器 880处理后， 经 RF电路 810以发送给比如另一移动通信终端， 或者 将音频数据输出至存储器 820以便进一步处理。
WiFi属于短距离无线传输技术， 移动通信终端通过 WiFi模块 870可以帮助 用户收发电子邮件、浏览网页和访问流式媒体等， 它为用户提供了无线的宽带 互联网访问。 虽然图 8示出了 WiFi模块 870， 但是可以理解的是， 其并不属于移 动通信终端 800的必须构成， 完全可以根据需要在不改变发明的本质的范围内 而省略。
处理器 880是移动通信终端的控制中心， 利用各种接口和线路连接整个移 动通信终端的各个部分， 通过运行或执行存储在存储器 820内的软件程序和 / 或模块， 以及调用存储在存储器 820内的数据， 执行移动通信终端的各种功能 和处理数据， 从而对移动通信终端进行整体监控。 可选的， 处理器 880可包括 一个或多个处理单元； 优选的， 处理器 880可集成应用处理器和调制解调处理 器， 其中， 应用处理器主要处理操作系统、 用户界面和应用程序等， 调制解调 处理器主要处理无线通信。
可以理解的是， 上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器 880中。
移动通信终端 800还包括给各个部件供电的电源 890 (比如电池）。
优选的， 电源可以通过电源管理系统与处理器 880逻辑相连， 从而通过电 源管理系统实现管理充电、 放电、 以及功耗管理等功能。 尽管未示出， 移动通 信终端 800还可以包括摄像头、 蓝牙模块等， 在此不再赘述。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 处理器 880接收来自基站的配置消息； 其中， 上述配置消息携带有辅配置指示，上述辅配置指示用于指示出上述基站为上述 移动通信终端 800配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 上述移动通信终端 800的上述辅传 输配置与小区中的 M个用户终端的主传输配置不同， 上述移动通信终端 800为 上述 M个用户终端中的其中一个， 上述 M为正整数； 向上述基站上报上述移动 通信终端 800在全双工子帧中受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数； 若接收到 来自上述基站的激活消息， 则才艮据上述激活消息激活上述辅传输配置， 其中， 上述激活消息由上述基站在确定上述移动通信终端 800在全双工子帧中受相邻 用户终端干扰的被干扰参数符合设定激活条件之后发送。
其中， 上述 M个用户终端可为上述小区中的部分或全部用户终端。
其中， 上述主传输配置可为主载波且上述辅传输配置为辅载波。
其中， 上述主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段相同，且上述主载波 的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同； 或者， 上述主载波的频段和上述辅载 波的频段相同， 且上述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD 上下行配比不同。
其中，移动通信终端 800进行干扰测量的全双工子帧的位置可以由基站显 示或隐示指示，移动通信终端 800在可在基站显示或隐示指示的全双工子帧中 进行干扰测量。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 基站可获得包括移动通信终端 800在内的 N个 用户终端在部分或全部全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。举例 来说， 上述基站可向上述 N个用户终端显示或隐示指示需测量的全双工子帧， 上述 N个用户终端可向上述基站上报在上述基站所指示的需测量的全双工子 帧中上述 N个用户终端受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。 当然， 上述 N个用 户终端也可自行向基站上报上述 N个用户终端在部分或全部的全双工子帧中 受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
例如， 基站可向上述 N个用户终端显示指示需测量的全双工子帧， 即向 N 个用户终端发送明确的测量请求，基于特定的时频资源进行干扰测量， 其中特 定资源为全双工子帧。 或者， 基站可向上述 N个用户终端隐示指示需测量的全 双工子帧， 即上述 N个用户终端接收到上述辅传输配置， 上述 N个终端可通过 对比辅传输配置和主传输配置来确定全双工子帧的位置，并基于全双工子帧进 行干扰测量。
需要说明，基站为用户终端配置的辅传输配置并不一定立即生效，特别是 全双工子帧， 例如， 在配置辅传输配置后， 全双工子帧对于没有配置辅传输配 置的用户终端来说仍然是上行子帧，而对于配置了辅传输配置的用户终端来说 可看作是可用于进行侧量的空白子帧， 即在空白子帧， 配置了辅传输配置的用 户终端既不用做发送上行信号，也不用做接收来自基站的下行信号，部分或全 部空白子帧可以用做测量的子帧。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述激活消息和 /或上述配置消息中还可携带 生效指示参数， 其中， 上述生效指示参数用于指示被激活的上述辅传输配置的 生效时间。 当然， 上述激活消息和 /或上述配置消息中也可以不携带生效指示 参数， 而上述处理器 880可按照约定的生效时间， 来生效被激活的上述辅传输 配置。 例如， 基站和上述移动通信终端 800可约定在下发激活消息之后的第 u 个无线帧生效。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述生效指示参数例如可包括生效周期和 /或 偏移量。 例如， 上述配置消息可携带上述生效周期， 上述激活消息可携带上述 偏移量； 或上述配置消息可携带上述生效周期和上述偏移量； 或上述激活消息 可携带上述生效周期和上述偏移量。
在本发明一些实施例中， H没上述配置消息携带上述生效周期， 上述激活 消息携带上述偏移量，基站例如可以通过相同的配置消息配置多个用户终端的 辅配置， 而可以通过激活消息中不同的偏移量（例如不同的用户终端可对应不 同的偏移量）， 以尽量实现用户终端调度的公平性， 以及减少用户终端间干扰 的问题。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述生效指示参数指示被激活的上述辅传输配 置生效一次或生效多次（如 2次、 4次、 8次、 16次、 32次或其他次数）或周期 性生效（其中， 该周期性生效的生效周期可由于基站指示或者预先约定或协议 约定）。 其中， 对于生效一次或生效有限次（如 2次、 4次、 8次、 16次、 32次或 其他次数）的场景，基站也可以无需使用生效指示参数来指示辅传输配置的生 效时间， 例如可约定在下发激活消息之后的第 u个无线帧生效， 其中， 上述 u 为可正整数。
在本发明的一些实施例中，在接收到来自上述基站的激活消息之后， 处理 器 880还可用于， 若接收到来自上述基站的去激活消息， 则可根据上述去激活 消息去激活上述辅传输配置。 可以理解，通过引入辅传输配置的激活和去激活 机制， 有利于提高辅传输配置使用灵活性。
当然，对于辅传输配置只生效一次或几次的一些场景，基站也可不进行去 激活上述辅传输配置的操作，因为辅传输配置只生效一次或几次之后就自动失 效了。 可以理解， 通过引入辅传输配置的自动去激活机制， 有利于降低控制信 令开销。
其中， 用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 可以 是能够表征或得到该用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的程度的 各种参数。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述处理器 880向上述基站上报上述移动通信 终端 800在全双工子帧中受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 可包括： 处理 器 880向上述基站上报测量报告，上述测量报告包含上述移动通信终端 800在全 双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。例如， 上述被干扰参数用于描 述在全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考信号的能量。 例如， 上述设定激活 条件可包括：上述被干扰参数所描述的在全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参 考信号的能量小于或等于第一阔值。 第一阔值例如为 -100dbm， -80dbm, -50dbm, -40dbm, -30dbm或可满足实 际场景需要的其他值。 例如第一阔值的取值范围可为 -lOOdbm到 -30dbm， 当然 第一阔值也可具有满足实际场景需要的其他取值范围。
在本发明的另一些实施例中， 上述处理器 880向上述基站上报上述移动通 信终端 800在全双工子帧中受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 包括： 处理 器 880向上述基站上报上述移动通信终端 800的位置信息，以便于上述基站根据 上述位置信息确定上述移动通信终端 800在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰 的被干扰参数。
例如， 上述移动通信终端 800在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干 扰参数可以包括： 上述移动通信终端 800在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间 的物理位置距离 （其中， 上述移动通信终端 800在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终 端之间的物理位置距离可以在一定程度上表征上述移动通信终端 800在全双工 子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的程度， 例如上述物理位置距离越小，表示上述移 动通信终端 800在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端的干扰越小， 上述物理位置距 离越大， 表示上述移动通信终端 800在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端的干扰越 大）。 其中， 上述设定激活条件可以包括： 在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之 间的物理位置距离大于或等于第二阔值。
其中， 第二阔值例如可为 10米、 15米、 20米、 30米、 50米、 100米或可满 足实际场景需要的其他值。
在本发明的一些实施例，若上述主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段 相同， 且上述主载波的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同， 上述处理器 880 使用上述主载波和上述辅载波独立进行上 /下行传输或不同时使用上述主载波 和上述辅载波独立进行上 /下行传输； 或上述处理器 880使用上述主载波和上述 辅载波进行上行传输而不进行下行传输， 或者上述处理器 880使用上述主载波 和上述辅载波进行下行传输而不进行上行传输。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述基站可在上述全双工子帧内釆用下行方向 性传输， 其中， 上述下行方向性传输对应的波束覆盖上述移动通信终端 800。 进一步提升系统容量。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述基站还可将在上述全双工子帧内上述基站 釆用下行方向性传输的下行方向性传输参数发送给邻居基站， 其中， 上述下行 方向性传输参数包括波束指向和 /或波束宽度等。 其中， 基站将下行方向性传 输参数发送给邻居基站，使得邻居基站可据此进行干扰协调处理， 进而有利于 降低小区之间的干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。
在本发明一些实施例中，上述基站还可进一步将上述全双工子帧通知邻居 基站。上述基站上述全双工子帧通知邻居基站，使得邻居基站可据此进行干扰 协调处理， 进而有利于降低小区之间的干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。
可以理解的是，本实施例的移动通信终端 800的各功能模块的功能可根据 下述方法实施例中的方法具体实现，其具体实现过程可以参照上述方法实施例 的相关描述， 此处不再赘述。
由上可见， 本实施例的技术方案中， 小区中的移动通信终端 800接收来自 基站的配置消息，上述配置消息携带有辅配置指示用于指示出上述基站为上述 移动通信终端 800配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 上述小区内的 M个用户终端的主 传输配置和上述移动通信终端 800的主传输配置不同， 其中， 上述移动通信终 端 800为上述 M个用户终端中的其中 1个， 其中， 上述主传输配置可为主载波且 上述辅传输配置为辅载波。其中， 上述主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频 段相同，且上述主载波的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同； 或上述主载波 的频段和上述辅载波的频段相同，且上述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上 述辅载波的 TDD上下行配比不同。 上述移动通信终端 800向上述基站上报上述 移动通信终端 800在全双工子帧中受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 以便 于基站根据被干扰参数来确定是否通过激活消息为移动通信终端 800激活上述 辅传输配置。 由于上述方案是让基站具有全双工通信能力， 而用户终端设备仍 保持标准 FDD或 TDD通信能力，这种通信架构通过增强基站升级便可提升整个 系统容量， 可见， 上述方案有利于在尽量减少改动用户终端的前提下应用全双 工技术。
进一步的， 由于基站是根据获得的上述移动通信终端 800在全双工子帧中 受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数，来确定是否通过激活消息为上述移动通信 终端 800激活上述辅传输配置， 这使得基站在全双工子帧传输数据时能够在一 定程度上实现干扰可控， 这样有利于减少全双工通信的互干扰， 进而有利于保 证通信的质量。
本发明通信控制方法的一个实施例，一种通信控制方法可以包括： 基站向 小区中的 N个用户终端发送配置消息， 上述配置消息携带有辅配置指示， 上述 辅配置指示用于指示出上述基站为上述 N个用户终端配置的辅传输配置， 上述 N个用户终端的上述辅传输配置与上述小区中的 M个用户终端的主传输配置不 同， 上述 N个用户终端为上述 M个用户终端的子集， 其中， 上述 N和 M为正整 数； 上述基站获得上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被 干扰参数， 其中， 上述全双工子帧为在相同频段相同子帧中上述主传输配置对 应上行传输且上述辅传输配置对应下行传输的子帧；上述基站通过激活消息为 上述 N个用户终端之中的 K个用户终端激活上述辅传输配置， 其中， 上述 K个 用户终端受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数符合设定激活条件， 上述 K个用 户终端为上述 N个用户终端的子集， 上述 K为正整数； 上述主传输配置为主载 波且上述辅传输配置为辅载波； 其中， 上述主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下 行频段相同，且上述主载波的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同； 或者上述 主载波的频段和上述辅载波的频段相同，且上述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行 配与上述辅载波的 TDD上下行配比不同。
请参见图 9， 其中， 图 9为本发明的一个实施例提供的一种通信控制方法的 流程示意图。 其中， 本发明的一个实施例提供一种通信控制方法， 可以包括以 下内容：
901、 基站向小区中的 N个用户终端发送配置消息。
其中， 上述配置消息携带有辅配置指示， 上述辅配置指示用于指示出上述 基站为上述 N个用户终端配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 上述 N个用户终端的上述 辅传输配置与上述小区中的 M个用户终端的主传输配置不同， 其中， 上述 N个 用户终端为上述 M个用户终端的子集。 上述 N和上述 M为正整数。
其中， 上述 M个用户终端可为上述小区中的部分或全部用户终端。 其中， 上述主传输配置可为主载波且上述辅传输配置为辅载波。 其中， 上述主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段相同，且上述主载波 的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同； 或者， 上述主载波的频段和上述辅载 波的频段相同， 且上述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD 上下行配比不同。
可以理解， 基站为上述 N个用户终端配置的辅传输配置相同。
其中， 上述 N例如为 1、 2、 3、 5、 10、 20、 30、 50、 100或其它取值。 902、 上述基站获得上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干 扰的被干扰参数。其中， 上述全双工子帧为在相同频段相同子帧中上述主传输 配置对应上行传输且上述辅传输配置对应下行传输的子帧。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述基站可获得上述 N个用户终端在部分或全 部全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。举例来说， 上述基站可向 上述 N个用户终端显示或隐示指示需测量的全双工子帧， 上述 N个用户终端可 向上述基站上报在上述基站所指示的需测量的全双工子帧中上述 N个用户终 端受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。 当然， 上述 N个用户终端也可自行向基 站上报上述 N个用户终端在部分或全部的全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰 的被干扰参数。
例如， 基站可向上述 N个用户终端显示指示需测量的全双工子帧， 即向 N 个用户终端发送明确的测量请求，指示用户终端基于特定的时频资源进行干扰 测量， 特定的时频资源可为全双工子帧。 或， 基站可向上述 N个用户终端隐示 指示需测量的全双工子帧， 即上述 N个用户终端接收到上述辅传输配置， 上述 N个终端可通过对比辅传输配置和主传输配置来确定全双工子帧的位置， 并基 于全双工子帧进行干扰测量。
需要说明，基站为用户终端配置的辅传输配置并不一定立即生效，特别是 全双工子帧， 例如， 在配置辅传输配置后， 全双工子帧对于没有配置辅传输配 置的用户终端来说仍然是上行子帧，而对于配置了辅传输配置的用户终端来说 可看作是可用于进行侧量的空白子帧， 即在空白子帧， 配置了辅传输配置的用 户终端既不用做发送上行信号，也不用做接收来自基站的下行信号，部分或全 部空白子帧可以用做测量的子帧。
903、上述基站通过激活消息为上述 N个用户终端之中的 K个用户终端激活 上述辅传输配置。
其中， 上述 K个用户终端受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数符合设定激 活条件， 上述 K个用户终端可为上述 N个用户终端的子集。
其中， 激活辅传输配置后， 在辅传输配置生效的时间段内， 基站可根据辅 传输配置进行和上述 K个用户终端之间的通信； 当然激活辅传输配置后， 在辅 传输配置未生效的时间段内， 基站仍可根据主传输配置进行和上述 K个用户终 端之间的通信。 其中， 上述时间段例如可以是无线帧， 当然上述时间段也可以 为其他的颗粒度， 例如上述时间段也可为子帧、 时隙等等。 其中， 在第三代合 作伙伴计划 ( 3GPP, 3rd Generation Partner Programmer ) 中， 1个无线帧为 10 毫秒， 1个无线帧包含 10个子帧或 20个时隙。
由上可见， 本实施例的技术方案中， 基站向小区中的 N个用户终端发送配 置消息， 上述配置消息携带有辅配置指示用于指示出上述基站为上述 N个用户 终端配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 小区内的 M个用户终端的主传输配置和上述 N 个用户终端的主传输配置不同， 其中， 上述 N个用户终端为上述 M个用户终端 的子集， 上述主传输配置可为主载波且上述辅传输配置为辅载波。 其中， 上述 主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段相同，且上述主载波的下行频段和上 述辅载波上行频段相同； 或上述主载波的频段和上述辅载波的频段相同，且上 述主载波的 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD上下行配比不同。基站获得上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 基站根据被 干扰参数来通过激活消息为上述 N个用户终端之中的 K个用户终端激活上述辅 传输配置。 由于上述方案是让基站具有全双工通信能力， 而用户终端设备仍保 持标准 FDD或 TDD通信能力，这种通信架构通过增强基站升级便可提升整个系 统容量， 可见， 上述方案有利于在尽量减少改动用户终端的前提下应用全双工 技术。
进一步的， 由于基站是^ =艮据获得的上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相 邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 来通过激活消息为上述 N个用户终端之中的 K 个用户终端激活上述辅传输配置，这使得基站在全双工子帧传输数据能够在一 定程度上实现干扰可控， 这样有利于减少全双工通信的互干扰，有利于保证通 信质量。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述激活消息和 /或上述配置消息中还可携带 生效指示参数， 其中， 上述生效指示参数用于指示被激活的上述辅传输配置的 生效时间。 当然， 上述激活消息和 /或上述配置消息中也可以不携带生效指示 参数， 而上述 K个用户终端可按照约定的生效时间， 来生效被激活的上述辅传 输配置。 例如， 上述 K个用户终端可可约定在下发激活消息之后的第 u个无线 帧生效。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述生效指示参数例如可包括生效周期和 /或 偏移量。 例如， 上述配置消息可携带上述生效周期， 上述激活消息可携带上述 偏移量。或上述配置消息可携带上述生效周期和上述偏移量。或上述激活消息 可携带上述生效周期和上述偏移量。
在本发明一些实施例中， H没上述配置消息携带上述生效周期， 上述激活 消息携带上述偏移量，基站例如可以通过相同的配置消息配置多个用户终端的 辅配置， 而可以通过激活消息中不同的偏移量（例如不同的用户终端可对应不 同的偏移量）， 以尽量实现用户终端调度的公平性， 以及减少用户终端间干扰 的问题。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述生效指示参数指示被激活的上述辅传输配 置生效一次或生效多次（如 2次、 4次、 8次、 16次、 32次或其他次数）或周期 性生效（其中， 该周期性生效的生效周期可由于基站指示或者预先约定或协议 约定）。 其中， 对于生效一次或生效有限次（如 2次、 4次、 8次、 16次、 32次或 其他次数）的场景，基站也可以无需使用生效指示参数来指示辅传输配置的生 效时间， 例如可约定在下发激活消息之后的第 u个无线帧生效。
在本发明的一些实施例，当上述主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段 相同， 且上述主载波的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同， 上述 K用户终端 中的第一用户终端例如可使用上述主载波和上述辅载波独立进行上 /下行传输 或不同时使用上述主载波和上述辅载波独立进行上 /下行传输； 或者上述第一 用户终端使用上述主载波和上述辅载波进行上行传输而不进行下行传输，或者 上述第一用户终端使用上述主载波和上述辅载波进行下行传输而不进行上行 传输。 其中， 第一用户终端可为上述 K用户终端中的任意一个用户终端。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述基站通过激活消息为上述 N个用户终端之 中的 K个用户终端激活上述辅传输配置之后还可包括： 上述基站通过去激活消 息去激活上述 K个用户终端之中的部分或全部用户终端的被激活的上述辅传 输配置。 可以理解， 通过引入辅传输配置的激活和去激活机制， 有利于提高辅 传输配置使用灵活性。
当然，对于辅传输配置只生效一次或几次的一些场景，基站也可不进行去 激活上述辅传输配置的操作，因为辅传输配置只生效一次或几次之后就自动失 效了。 可以理解， 通过引入辅传输配置的自动去激活机制， 有利于降低控制信 令开销。
其中， 用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 可以 是能够表征或得到该用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的程度的 各种参数。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述基站获得上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧 中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 可包括： 上述基站接收上述 N个用户终 端上报的测量报告， 其中， 上述 N个用户终端之中的每个用户终端上报的测量 报告包含该用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
例如，上述被干扰参数用于描述在全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考 信号的能量。 例如， 上述设定激活条件可包括： 上述被干扰参数所描述的在全 双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考信号的能量小于或等于第一阔值。第一阔 值例如可为 -100dbm， -80dbm, -50dbm, -40dbm, -30dbm或可满足实际场景需 要的其他值。 例如第一阔值的取值范围可为 -lOOdbm到 -30dbm， 当然第一阔值 也可具有满足实际场景需要的其他取值范围。
在本发明的另一些实施例中， 上述基站获得上述 N个用户终端在全双工子 帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 例如可包括： 上述基站接收上述 N个 用户终端上报的位置信息， 根据上述 N个用户终端上报的位置信息确定上述 N 个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
例如， 上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参 数可以包括： 上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位 置距离。 其中， 上述设定激活条件可包括： 在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之 间的物理位置距离大于或等于第二阔值。
其中， 第二阔值例如可为 10米、 15米、 20米、 30米、 50米、 100米或可满 足实际场景需要的其他值。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述基站可在上述全双工子帧内釆用下行方向 性传输， 其中， 上述下行方向性传输对应的波束覆盖上述 K个用户终端中的至 站对邻居基站上行接收的干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述基站还可将在上述全双工子帧内上述基站 釆用下行方向性传输的下行方向性传输参数发送给邻居基站， 其中， 上述下行 方向性传输参数包括波束指向和 /或波束宽度等。 其中， 基站将下行方向性传 输参数发送给邻居基站，使得邻居基站可据此进行干扰协调处理， 进而有利于 降低小区之间的干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。
在本发明一些实施例中，基站可将上述全双工子帧通知邻居基站。基站上 述全双工子帧通知邻居基站，使得邻居基站可据此进行干扰协调处理， 进而有 利于降低小区之间的干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。
请参见图 10，图 10为本发明的另一个实施例提供的另一种通信控制方法的 流程示意图。 其中， 如图 10所示， 本发明的另一个实施例提供另一种通信控制 方法可以包括以下内容：
1001、 第一用户终端接收来自基站的配置消息。
其中， 上述配置消息携带有辅配置指示， 上述辅配置指示用于指示出上述 基站为上述第一用户终端配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 上述第一用户终端的上述 辅传输配置与小区中的 M个用户终端的主传输配置不同， 其中， 上述第一用户 终端为上述 M个用户终端中的其中一个， 上述 M为正整数。
其中， 上述 M个用户终端可为上述小区中的部分或全部用户终端。 其中， 上述主传输配置可为主载波且上述辅传输配置为辅载波。 其中， 上述主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段相同，且上述主载波 的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同； 或者， 上述主载波的频段和上述辅载 波的频段相同， 且上述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD 上下行配比不同。
1002、上述第一用户终端向上述基站上报上述第一用户终端在全双工子帧 中受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
其中，上述全双工子帧为在相同频段相同子帧中上述主传输配置对应上行 传输且上述辅传输配置对应下行传输的子帧。其中， 用户终端进行干扰测量的 全双工子帧的位置可以由基站显示或隐示指示，用户终端在可在基站显示或隐 示指示的全双工子帧中进行干扰测量。
在本发明一些实施例中，上述基站可获得包括上述通信终端在内的 N个用 户终端在部分或全部全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。举例来 说， 上述基站可向上述 N个用户终端显示或隐示指示需测量的全双工子帧， 上 述 N个用户终端可向上述基站上报在上述基站所指示的需测量的全双工子帧 中上述 N个用户终端受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。 当然， 上述 N个用户 终端也可自行向基站上报上述 N个用户终端在部分或全部的全双工子帧中受 相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
例如， 基站可向上述 N个用户终端显示指示需测量的全双工子帧， 即向 N 个用户终端发送明确的测量请求，基于特定的时频资源进行干扰测量， 其中特 定资源为全双工子帧。 或者， 基站可向上述 N个用户终端隐示指示需测量的全 双工子帧， 即上述 N个用户终端接收到上述辅传输配置， 上述 N个终端可通过 对比辅传输配置和主传输配置来确定全双工子帧的位置，并基于全双工子帧进 行干扰测量。
需要说明，基站为用户终端配置的辅传输配置并不一定立即生效，特别是 全双工子帧， 例如， 在配置辅传输配置后， 全双工子帧对于没有配置辅传输配 置的用户终端来说仍然是上行子帧，而对于配置了辅传输配置的用户终端来说 可看作是可用于进行侧量的空白子帧， 即在空白子帧， 配置了辅传输配置的用 户终端既不用做发送上行信号，也不用做接收来自基站的下行信号，部分或全 部空白子帧可以用做测量的子帧。
1003、上述第一用户终端若接收到来自上述基站的激活消息， 则根据上述 激活消息激活上述辅传输配置， 其中， 上述激活消息由上述基站在确定上述第 一用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数符合设定激活 条件之后发送。
由上可见， 本实施例的技术方案中， 小区中的第一用户终端接收来自基站 的配置消息，上述配置消息携带有辅配置指示用于指示出上述基站为上述第一 用户终端配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 上述小区内的 M个用户终端的主传输配置 和上述第一用户终端的主传输配置不同， 其中， 上述第一用户终端为上述 M个 用户终端中的其中 1个， 其中， 上述主传输配置可为主载波且上述辅传输配置 为辅载波。 其中， 上述主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段相同， 且上述 主载波的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同；或上述主载波的频段和上述辅 载波的频段相同，且上述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD 上下行配比不同。上述第一用户终端向上述基站上报上述第一用户终端在全双 工子帧中受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数，以便于基站根据被干扰参数来 确定是否通过激活消息为第一用户终端激活上述辅传输配置。由于上述方案是 让基站具有全双工通信能力， 而用户终端设备仍保持标准 FDD或 TDD通信能 力， 这种通信架构通过增强基站升级便可提升整个系统容量， 可见， 上述方案 有利于在尽量减少改动用户终端的前提下应用全双工技术。
进一步的，由于基站是根据获得的上述第一用户终端在全双工子帧中受相 邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数，来确定是否通过激活消息为上述第一用户终端 激活上述辅传输配置，这使得基站在全双工子帧传输数据时能够在一定程度上 实现干扰可控， 这样有利于减少全双工通信的互干扰， 进而有利于保证通信的 质量。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述激活消息和 /或上述配置消息中还可携带 生效指示参数， 其中， 上述生效指示参数用于指示被激活的上述辅传输配置的 生效时间。 当然， 上述激活消息和 /或上述配置消息中也可以不携带生效指示 参数， 而上述第一用户终端可按照约定的生效时间， 来生效被激活的上述辅传 输配置。 例如， 基站和上述第一用户终端可约定在下发激活消息之后的第 u个 无线帧生效。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述生效指示参数例如可包括生效周期和 /或 偏移量。 例如， 上述配置消息可携带上述生效周期， 上述激活消息可携带上述 偏移量； 或上述配置消息可携带上述生效周期和上述偏移量； 或上述激活消息 可携带上述生效周期和上述偏移量。
在本发明一些实施例中， H没上述配置消息携带上述生效周期， 上述激活 消息携带上述偏移量，基站例如可以通过相同的配置消息配置多个用户终端的 辅配置， 而可以通过激活消息中不同的偏移量（例如不同的用户终端可对应不 同的偏移量）， 以尽量实现用户终端调度的公平性， 以及减少用户终端间干扰 的问题。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述生效指示参数指示被激活的上述辅传输配 置生效一次或生效多次（如 2次、 4次、 8次、 16次、 32次或其他次数）或周期 性生效（其中， 该周期性生效的生效周期可由于基站指示或者预先约定或协议 约定）。 其中， 对于生效一次或生效有限次（如 2次、 4次、 8次、 16次、 32次或 其他次数）的场景，基站也可以无需使用生效指示参数来指示辅传输配置的生 效时间， 例如可约定在下发激活消息之后的第 u个无线帧生效， 其中， 上述 u 为可正整数。
在本发明的一些实施例中，在上述第一用户终端接收到来自上述基站的激 活消息之后， 上述方法还可进一步包括： 上述第一用户终端若接收到来自上述 基站的去激活消息，上述第一用户终端可根据上述去激活消息去激活上述辅传 输配置。 可以理解， 通过引入辅传输配置的激活和去激活机制， 有利于提高辅 传输配置使用灵活性。
当然，对于辅传输配置只生效一次或几次的一些场景，基站也可不进行去 激活上述辅传输配置的操作，因为辅传输配置只生效一次或几次之后就自动失 效了。 可以理解， 通过引入辅传输配置的自动去激活机制， 有利于降低控制信 令开销。 其中， 用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 可以 是能够表征或得到该用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的程度的 各种参数。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述第一用户终端向上述基站上报上述第一用 户终端在全双工子帧中受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 可包括： 上述第 一用户终端向上述基站上报测量报告，上述测量报告包含上述第一用户终端在 全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。例如， 上述被干扰参数用于 描述在全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考信号的能量。例如， 上述设定激 活条件可包括：上述被干扰参数所描述的在全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行 参考信号的能量小于或等于第一阔值。
第一阔值例如为 -100dbm， -80dbm, -50dbm, -40dbm, -30dbm或可满足实 际场景需要的其他值。 例如第一阔值的取值范围可为 -lOOdbm到 -30dbm， 当然 第一阔值也可具有满足实际场景需要的其他取值范围。
在本发明的另一些实施例中，上述第一用户终端向上述基站上报上述第一 用户终端在全双工子帧中受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 包括： 上述第 一用户终端向上述基站上报上述第一用户终端的位置信息，以便于上述基站根 据上述位置信息确定上述第一用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰 的被干扰参数。
例如，上述第一用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参 数可以包括：上述第一用户终端在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位 置距离（其中， 上述第一用户终端在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理 位置距离可以在一定程度上表征上述第一用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用 户终端干扰的程度， 例如上述物理位置距离越小，表示上述第一用户终端在全 双工子帧中受相邻用户终端的干扰越小， 上述物理位置距离越大，表示上述第 一用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端的干扰越大）。 其中， 上述设定激 活条件可以包括：在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位置距离大于或 等于第二阔值。
其中， 第二阔值例如可为 10米、 15米、 20米、 30米、 50米、 100米或可满 足实际场景需要的其他值。
在本发明的一些实施例，若上述主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段 相同，且上述主载波的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同， 上述第一用户终 端使用上述主载波和上述辅载波独立进行上 /下行传输或不同时使用上述主载 波和上述辅载波独立进行上 /下行传输； 或上述第一用户终端使用上述主载波 和上述辅载波进行上行传输而不进行下行传输，或者上述第一用户终端使用上 述主载波和上述辅载波进行下行传输而不进行上行传输。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述基站可在上述全双工子帧内釆用下行方向 性传输， 其中， 上述下行方向性传输对应的波束覆盖上述第一用户终端。 测试 步提升系统容量。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述基站还可将在上述全双工子帧内上述基站 釆用下行方向性传输的下行方向性传输参数发送给邻居基站， 其中， 上述下行 方向性传输参数包括波束指向和 /或波束宽度等。 其中， 基站将下行方向性传 输参数发送给邻居基站，使得邻居基站可据此进行干扰协调处理， 进而有利于 降低小区之间的干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。
在本发明一些实施例中，上述基站还可进一步将上述全双工子帧通知邻居 基站。上述基站上述全双工子帧通知邻居基站，使得邻居基站可据此进行干扰 协调处理， 进而有利于降低小区之间的干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。 为便于更好的理解和实施上述技术方案，下面通过一些更为具体的应用场 景进行举例说明。
请参见图 ll-a， 图 11-a为本发明的另一个实施例提供的另一种通信控制方 法的流程示意图， 本实施例中主要以下面以 TDD场景为例。 其中， 本发明的另 一个实施例提供另一种通信控制方法可以包括以下内容：
1101、 基站通过系统信息块（SIB ) 消息向小区内所有用户终端通知基站 配置的主传输配置，其中，上述主传输配置为主载波。其中，主载波对应的 TDD 上下行配比可称之为主 TDD上下行配比。
1102、 基站向 N个用户终端发送配置消息。 其中， 上述配置消息携带有辅 配置指示， 其中， 上述辅配置指示用于指示出上述基站为上述 N个用户终端配 置的辅传输配置， 其中， 辅传输配置为辅载波。 其中， 上述辅载波对应的 TDD 上下行配比可称之为辅 TDD上下行配比。
其中，上述主载波的频段和上述辅载波的频段相同，且上述主载波的 TDD 上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD上下行配比不同。
其中， 上述配置消息例如可以是媒体接入层消息、无线资源控制层消息或 其他类型的消息。 其中， 上述配置消息包括通过增加、 删除和 /或修改等方式 进行辅传输配置的指示。
其中， TDD上下行配比 （如主载波的 TDD上下行配比、 辅载波的 TDD上 下行配比）例如可以沿用 3GPP中的长期演进计划（ LTE， Long Term Evolution ) 标准中定义的如表 1所示的 7种 TDD上下行配比。 如表 1所示， 其中， D表示下 行子帧， S表示特殊子帧， U表示上行子帧。 当然， 本发明实施例的主 TDD上 别限制。
表 1
Figure imgf000072_0001
可以理解， 基站为上述 N个用户终端配置的辅载波相同。 其中， 上述 N例 如为 1、 2、 3、 5、 10、 20、 30、 50、 100或其它取值， 当然上述 N小于或等于 小区的用户终端总数。
1103、 上述基站获得上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干 扰的被干扰参数。其中， 上述全双工子帧为在相同频段相同子帧中上述主载波 的 TDD上下行配比对应上行传输且上述辅载波的 TDD上下行配比对应下行传 输的子帧。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述基站可获得上述 N个用户终端在部分或全 部全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。举例来说， 上述基站可向 上述 N个用户终端显示或隐示指示需测量的全双工子帧， 上述 N个用户终端可 向上述基站上报在上述基站所指示的需测量的全双工子帧中上述 N个用户终 端受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。 当然， 上述 N个用户终端也可自行向基 站上报上述 N个用户终端在部分或全部的全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰 的被干扰参数。
1104、 上述基站通过激活消息为上述 N个用户终端之中的 K个用户终端激 活上述辅传输配置 （即激活辅载波的 TDD上下行配比 )。
其中， 上述 K个用户终端受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数符合设定激 活条件， 上述 K个用户终端可为上述 N个用户终端的子集。 当然上述 K个用户 终端还可符合其他一个或多个预设条件。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述激活消息可以为物理层消息，媒体接入层 消息， 无线资源控制层消息实现。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述激活消息和 /或上述配置消息中还可携带 生效指示参数， 其中， 上述生效指示参数用于指示被激活的上述辅传输配置的 生效时间。 当然， 上述激活消息和 /或上述配置消息中也可以不携带生效指示 参数， 而上述 K个用户终端可按照约定的生效时间， 来生效被激活的上述辅传 输配置。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述生效指示参数例如可包括生效周期和 /或 偏移量。 例如， 上述配置消息可携带上述生效周期， 上述激活消息可携带上述 偏移量； 或上述配置消息可携带上述生效周期和上述偏移量； 或上述激活消息 可携带上述生效周期和上述偏移量。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述生效指示参数指示被激活的上述辅传输配 置生效一次或生效多次（如 2次、 4次、 8次、 16次、 32次或其他次数）或周期 性生效（其中， 该周期性生效的生效周期可由于基站指示或可预先约定或协议 约定）。
例如， 用户终端 H没在第 N帧中的第 5号子帧收到用于激活辅传输配置的 激活消息， 则用户终端至少在上述第 N帧的后一帧后生效辅传输配置， 具体生 效的子帧， 可以结合指示的辅传输配置的生效周期和偏移量确定。
假设生效周期为 160ms， 偏移量为 2， 那么可表示辅传输配置在被激活之 后的帧号 mod 16 =2的无线帧内生效。 对于单次生效的情况， 基站可以通过生 效周期设为特定的值（如零） 来进行指示。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述基站通过激活消息为上述 N个用户终端之 中的 K个用户终端激活上述辅传输配置之后还可包括： 上述基站通过去激活消 息去激活上述 K个用户终端之中的部分或全部用户终端的被激活的上述辅传 输配置。 可以理解， 通过引入辅传输配置的激活和去激活机制， 有利于基站灵 活的控制全双工通信范围， 进一步提升干扰可控性。
当然，对于辅传输配置只生效一次或几次的一些场景，基站也可不进行去 激活上述辅传输配置的操作，因为辅传输配置只生效一次或几次之后就自动失 效了。 可以理解， 通过引入辅传输配置的自动去激活机制， 有利于降低控制信 令开销。
其中， 激活辅传输配置后， 在辅传输配置生效的无线帧内， 基站可根据辅 传输配置进行和上述 K个用户终端之间的通信； 当然激活辅传输配置后， 在辅 传输配置未生效的无线帧内， 基站仍可根据主传输配置进行和上述 K个用户终 端之间的通信。
其中， 用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 可以 是能够表征或得到该用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的程度的 各种参数。
在本发明一些实施例中， 上述基站获得上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中 受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 可包括： 上述基站接收上述 N个用户终端 上报的测量报告， 其中， 上述 N个用户终端之中的每个用户终端上报的测量报 告包含该用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述 N个用户终端中的部分或全部用户终端可 分多个子带上报携带被干扰参数的上述测量报告， 当然， 上述 N个用户终端中 的部分或者全部用户终端也可通过单个子带上报携带被干扰参数的上述测量 报告。
例如，上述被干扰参数用于描述在全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考 信号（例如（SRS， sounding Reference signal ) )的能量。 例如， 上述设定激活 条件可包括：上述被干扰参数所描述的在全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参 考信号的能量小于或等于第一阔值。 其中， 上述第一阔值例如可以等于 -lOOdbm, -80dbm, -50dbm, -40dbm, -30dbm或者可满足实际场景需要的其他 取值。 例如第一阔值的取值范围可为 -lOOdbm到 -30dbm， 当然第一阔值也可具 有满足实际场景需要的其他取值范围。
在本发明的另一些实施例中， 上述基站获得上述 N个用户终端在全双工子 帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 可包括： 上述基站接收上述 N个用户 终端上报的位置信息， 根据上述 N个用户终端上报的位置信息确定上述 N个用 户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
例如， 上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参 数可以包括： 上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位 置距离。 其中， 上述设定激活条件可包括： 在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之 间的物理位置距离大于或等于第二阔值。
其中， 第二阔值例如可为 10米、 15米、 20米、 30米、 50米、 100米或可满 足实际场景需要的其他值。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述基站可在上述全双工子帧内釆用下行方向 性传输， 其中， 上述下行方向性传输对应的波束覆盖上述 K个用户终端中的至 利于减小互干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。
例如图 11-b所示， 图 11-b举例出一种在全双工子帧内， 例如蜂窝网络中的 基站釆用下行方向性传输的示意图。 其中， 在全双工子帧内， 基站间协调为在 统一区域（如区域 1 ) 内的方向下行， 而其他的区域（如区域 2和区域 3 ) 的全 向上行。 为了减少干扰， 可以通过增加空间隔离度来实现， 当然， 这样可能引入额 外的调度限制。 如图 11-C所示， 将空间区域划分成 6个区域， 其中区域 1、 区域 2和区域 3为第一层， 区域 1，、 区域 2， 和区域 3， 为第二层。 第一层和第二层空 间内的用户终端不同时调度。 并且，每层中可以仅有一个区域调度用户终端接 收方向性下行传输， 而其余的区域中调度上行传输。 当调度一个区域的上行或 下行资源时， 将相邻的空间区域作为隔离， 以达到减小干扰的目的。 当然这里 空间区域的划分不限制为等分。基站可测量获得表征用户终端位置的参数， 并 根据这些参数进行调度， 其中，表征用户终端位置的参数例如可包括如下参数 的至少一个： 如信号的时延、 信号到达角、 信号强度， 甚至可以直接可以是物 理位置。 其中， 基站可釆用定向天线实现方向性下行传输， 以尽量减少发射功 率和干扰。
如图 11-d所示， 基站在一个无线帧内， 给区域 1内的某个用户终端配置生 效配置为的 TDD上下行配比为表 1中的 0号配置， 给区域 3内的另外一个用户终 端配置的生效配置为 TDD上下行配比为表 1中的 2号配置，那么，基站在这个无 线帧中的 3、 4、 8和 9号子帧中都实现了全双工， 即， 既有用户终端处于上行子 帧 U， 又有用户终端处于下行子帧 D， 这种子帧为全双工子帧。 此处， 基站在 全双工子帧中可优选釆用方向性下行传输，减少全向发射对其他基站接收上行 信号的干扰， 以及下行接收的干扰等。 当基站选择向区域 1中的用户终端发射 方向性下行，屏蔽区域 1内的其他用户终端发送上行信号， 减少区域 1中的用户 终端之间的小区内干扰。 基站调度区域 1以外的其他区域， 如区域 2、 3内的用 户终端上行传输， 减少全双工小区内干 ·ί尤。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述基站还可将在上述全双工子帧内上述基站 釆用下行方向性传输的下行方向性传输参数发送给邻居基站， 其中， 上述下行 方向性传输参数包括波束指向和 /或波束宽度等。 其中， 基站将下行方向性传 输参数发送给邻居基站，使得邻居基站可据此进行干扰协调处理， 进而有利于 降低小区之间的干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。
在本发明一些实施例中，基站可将上述全双工子帧通知邻居基站。基站上 述全双工子帧通知邻居基站，使得邻居基站可据此进行干扰协调处理， 进而有 利于降低小区之间的干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。
由上可见， 本实施例的技术方案中， 基站向小区中的 N个用户终端发送配 置消息， 上述配置消息携带有辅配置指示用于指示出上述基站为上述 N个用户 终端配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 小区内的 M个用户终端的主传输配置和上述 N 个用户终端的主传输配置不同， 其中， 主传输配置为主载波， 辅传输配置为辅 载波， 上述主载波的频段和上述辅载波的频段相同， 上述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD上下行配比不同。基站获得上述 N个用户终 端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数之后，基站根据被干扰参 数来通过激活消息为上述 N个用户终端之中的 K个用户终端激活上述辅传输配 置。 由于上述方案是让基站具有全双工通信能力， 而用户终端设备仍保持标准 TDD通信能力，这种通信架构通过增强基站升级便可提升整个系统容量，可见， 上述方案有利于在尽量减少改动用户终端的前提下应用全双工技术。
进一步的， 由于基站是^ =艮据获得的上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相 邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 来通过激活消息为上述 N个用户终端之中的 K 个用户终端激活上述辅传输配置，这使得基站在全双工子帧传输数据能够在一 定程度上实现干扰可控， 这样有利于减少全双工通信的互干扰，有利于保证通 信质量。
请参见图 12，图 12为本发明的另一个实施例提供的另一种通信控制方法的 流程示意图， 本实施例中主要以下面以 FDD场景为例。 其中， 本发明的另一个 实施例提供另一种通信控制方法可以包括以下内容：
1201、 基站向 N个用户终端发送配置消息。 其中， 上述配置消息携带有辅 配置指示， 其中， 上述辅配置指示用于指示出上述基站为上述 N个用户终端配 置的辅传输配置。 其中， 辅传输配置为辅载波， 其中， 上述辅载波不同于小区 内的 M个用户终端的主传输配置， 其中， 主传输配置为主载波， N个用户终端 为 M个用户终端的子集。
其中， M个用户终端可为小区内的部分或全部用户终端。
其中， 小区内的 M个用户终端可通过搜索确定主传输配置。
其中， 上述主载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段相同， 上述主载波的 下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同。
其中， 上述配置消息例如可以是媒体接入层消息、无线资源控制层消息或 其他类型的消息。 其中， 上述配置消息包括通过增加、 删除和 /或修改等方式 进行辅传输配置的指示。
可以理解， 基站为上述 N个用户终端配置的辅载波可相同。 其中， 上述 N 例如为 1、 2、 3、 5、 10、 20、 30、 50、 100或其它取值， 当然上述 N小于或等 于上述 M。
1202、 上述基站获得上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干 扰的被干扰参数。
其中，上述全双工子帧为在相同频段相同子帧中上述主载波对应上行传输 且上述辅载波对应下行传输的子帧。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述基站可获得上述 N个用户终端在部分或全 部全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。举例来说， 上述基站可向 上述 N个用户终端显示或隐示指示需测量的全双工子帧， 上述 N个用户终端可 向上述基站上报在上述基站所指示的需测量的全双工子帧中上述 N个用户终 端受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。 当然， 上述 N个用户终端也可自行向基 站上报上述 N个用户终端在部分或全部的全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰 的被干扰参数。
1203、 上述基站通过激活消息为上述 N个用户终端之中的 K个用户终端激 活上述辅传输配置。
其中， 上述 K个用户终端受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数符合设定激 活条件， 上述 K个用户终端可为上述 N个用户终端的子集。 当然上述 K个用户 终端还可符合其他一个或多个预设条件。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述激活消息可以为物理层消息，媒体接入层 消息， 无线资源控制层消息实现。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述激活消息和 /或上述配置消息中还可携带 生效指示参数， 其中， 上述生效指示参数用于指示被激活的上述辅传输配置的 生效时间。 当然， 上述激活消息和 /或上述配置消息中也可以不携带生效指示 参数， 而上述 K个用户终端可按照约定的生效时间， 来生效被激活的上述辅传 输配置。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述生效指示参数例如可包括生效周期和 /或 偏移量。 例如， 上述配置消息可携带上述生效周期， 上述激活消息可携带上述 偏移量； 或上述配置消息可携带上述生效周期和上述偏移量； 或上述激活消息 可携带上述生效周期和上述偏移量。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述生效指示参数指示被激活的上述辅传输配 置生效一次或生效多次（如 2次、 4次、 8次、 16次、 32次或其他次数）或周期 性生效（其中， 该周期性生效的生效周期可由于基站指示或给预先约定或协议 约定）。
举例来说， 用户终端假设在第 Ν帧中的第 5号子帧收到用于激活辅载波的 激活消息， 则用户终端至少在上述第 Ν帧的后一帧后生效辅载波， 具体生效的 子帧， 可以结合配置的辅载波的生效周期和偏移量确定。
假设生效周期为 160ms， 偏移量为 2， 那么可表示辅载波在被激活之后的 帧号 mod 16 =2的无线帧内生效。 对于单次生效的情况， 基站可以通过生效周 期设为特定的值（如零）来进行指示。
在本发明的一些实施例中， 上述基站通过激活消息为上述 N个用户终端之 中的 K个用户终端激活上述辅传输配置之后还可包括： 上述基站通过去激活消 息去激活上述 K个用户终端之中的部分或全部用户终端的被激活的上述辅传 输配置。 可以理解， 通过引入辅传输配置的激活和去激活机制， 有利于提高辅 传输配置使用灵活性。
当然，对于辅传输配置只生效一次或几次的一些场景，基站也可不进行去 激活上述辅传输配置的操作，因为辅传输配置只生效一次或几次之后就自动失 效了。 可以理解， 通过引入辅传输配置的自动去激活机制， 有利于降低控制信 令开销。
其中， 用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 可以 是能够表征或得到该用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的程度的 各种参数。 在本发明一些实施例中， 上述基站获得上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中 受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 可以包括： 上述基站接收上述 N个用户终 端上报的测量报告， 其中， 上述 N个用户终端之中的每个用户终端上报的测量 报告包含该用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。在本 发明一些实施例中， 上述 N个用户终端中的部分或全部用户终端可分多个子带 上报携带被干扰参数的上述测量报告， 当然， 上述 N个用户终端中的部分或全 部用户终端也可通过单个子带上报携带被干扰参数的上述测量报告。
例如，上述被干扰参数用于描述在全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考 信号 （例如（SRS ) 的能量。 例如， 上述设定激活条件可包括： 上述被干扰参 数所描述的在全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考信号的能量小于或等于 第一阔值。
其中， 第一阔值例如可为 -lOOdbm, -80dbm, -50dbm, -40dbm， -30dbm或 可满足实际场景需要的其他值。 例如， 第一阔值的取值范围可为 -lOOdbm到 -30dbm, 当然第一阔值也可具满足实际场景需要的其他取值范围。
在本发明的另一些实施例中， 上述基站获得上述 N个用户终端在全双工子 帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 可包括： 上述基站接收上述 N个用户 终端上报的位置信息（如信号的时延、 信号到达角、 信号强度， 甚至可以是物 理位置），根据上述 N个用户终端上报的位置信息确定上述 N个用户终端在全双 工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
例如， 上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参 数可以包括： 上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位 置距离。 其中， 上述设定激活条件可包括： 在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之 间的物理位置距离大于或等于第二阔值。
其中， 第二阔值例如可为 10米、 15米、 20米、 30米、 50米、 100米或可满 足实际场景需要的其他值。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述基站可在上述全双工子帧内釆用下行方向 性传输， 其中， 上述下行方向性传输对应的波束覆盖上述 K个用户终端中的至 利于减小互干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。
例如图 11-b所示， 图 11-b举例出一种在全双工子帧内， 例如蜂窝网络中的 基站釆用下行方向性传输的示意图。 其中， 在全双工子帧内， 基站间协调为在 统一区域（如区域 1 ) 内的方向下行， 而其他的区域（如区域 2和区域 3 ) 的全 向上行。
为了减少干扰， 可以通过增加空间隔离度来实现， 当然， 这样可能引入额 外的调度限制。 如图 11-c所示， 将空间区域划分成 6个区域， 其中区域 1、 区域 2和区域 3为第一层， 区域 1，、 区域 2， 和区域 3， 为第二层。 第一层和第二层空 间内的用户终端不同时调度。 并且，每层中可以仅有一个区域调度用户终端接 收方向性下行传输， 而其余的区域中调度上行传输。 当调度一个区域的上行或 下行资源时， 将相邻的空间区域作为隔离， 以达到减小干扰的目的。 当然这里 空间区域的划分不限制为等分。基站可测量获得表征用户终端位置的参数， 并 根据这些参数进行调度， 其中，表征用户终端位置的参数例如可包括如下参数 的至少一个： 如信号的时延、 信号到达角、 信号强度， 甚至可以直接可以是物 理位置。 其中， 基站可釆用定向天线实现方向性下行传输， 以尽量减少发射功 率和干扰。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述基站可在上述全双工子帧内釆用下行方向 性传输， 其中， 上述下行方向性传输对应的波束覆盖上述 K个用户终端中的至 利于减小互干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。
在本发明的一些实施例中，上述基站还可将在上述全双工子帧内上述基站 釆用下行方向性传输的下行方向性传输参数发送给邻居基站， 其中， 上述下行 方向性传输参数包括波束指向和 /或波束宽度等。 其中， 基站将下行方向性传 输参数发送给邻居基站，使得邻居基站可据此进行干扰协调处理， 进而有利于 降低小区之间的干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。
在本发明一些实施例中，基站可将上述全双工子帧通知邻居基站。基站上 述全双工子帧通知邻居基站，使得邻居基站可据此进行干扰协调处理， 进而有 利于降低小区之间的干扰， 进一步提升系统容量。 由于 FDD的终端可以工作在两个频段，主载波为 fl上行， f2下行。对于 FDD 的用户终端，基站还可以进一步限定上述辅载波和主载波的使用关系， 以区别 于载波聚合技术。 当基站激活对辅载波（f2上行， fl下行） 时， 由于非单信道 要避免这种情况， 允许的情况是 fl、 f2都用来接收； fl和 f2都用来发送； fl发 送而 f2接收； 或 f2发送而 fl接收。
例如，在本发明的一些实施例， 当上述主传输配置为主载波且上述辅传输 配置为辅载波， 上述 K用户终端中的第一用户终端例如可使用上述主载波和上 述辅载波独立进行上 /下行传输或不同时使用上述主载波和上述辅载波独立进 行上 /下行传输； 或上述第一用户终端使用上述主载波和上述辅载波进行上行 传输而不进行下行传输，或者上述第一用户终端使用上述主载波和上述辅载波 进行下行传输而不进行上行传输。 其中， 第一用户终端可为上述 K用户终端中 的任意一个用户终端。
由上可见， 本实施例的技术方案中， 基站向小区中的 N个用户终端发送配 置消息， 上述配置消息携带有辅配置指示用于指示出上述基站为上述 N个用户 终端配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 小区内的 M个用户终端的主传输配置和上述 N 个用户终端的主传输配置不同， 其中， 上述 N个用户终端为上述 M个用户终端 的子集， 其中， 上述主传输配置为主载波且上述辅传输配置为辅载波， 上述主 载波的上行频段和上述辅载波下行频段相同，上述主载波的下行频段和上述辅 载波上行频段相同。 基站获得上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终 端干扰的被干扰参数， 基站根据被干扰参数来通过激活消息为上述 N个用户终 端之中的 K个用户终端激活上述辅传输配置。 由于上述方案是让基站具有全双 工通信能力， 而用户终端设备仍保持标准 FDD或 TDD通信能力，这种通信架构 通过增强基站升级便可提升整个系统容量， 可见， 上述方案有利于在尽量减少 改动用户终端的前提下应用全双工技术。
进一步的， 由于基站是^ =艮据获得的上述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相 邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 来通过激活消息为上述 N个用户终端之中的 K 个用户终端激活上述辅传输配置，这使得基站在全双工子帧传输数据能够在一 定程度上实现干扰可控， 这样有利于减少全双工通信的互干扰，有利于保证通 信质量。
本发明实施例还提供一种计算机存储介质， 其中， 该计算机存储介质可存 储有程序，该程序执行时包括上述方法实施例中记载的至少一种通信控制方法 的部分或全部步骤。
在上述实施例中，对各个实施例的描述都各有侧重， 某个实施例中没有详 述的部分， 可以参见其他实施例的相关描述。
需要说明的是， 对于前述的各方法实施例， 为了简单描述， 故将其都表述 为一系列的动作组合，但是本领域技术人员应该知悉， 本发明并不受所描述的 动作顺序的限制，因为依据本发明，某些步骤可以釆用其他顺序或者同时进行。 其次， 本领域技术人员也应该知悉，说明书中所描述的实施例均属于优选实施 例， 所涉及的动作和模块并不一定是本发明所必须的。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中， 应该理解到， 所揭露的装置， 可通过其 它的方式实现。 例如， 以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的， 例如上述单 元的划分， 仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分， 实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式， 例 如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统， 或一些特征可以忽 略， 或不执行。 另一点， 所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接輛合或通信连 接可以是通过一些接口， 装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接， 可以是电性或其 它的形式。 单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元， 即可以位于一个地方， 或者 也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部 单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本发明各实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也 可以是各个单元单独物理存在， 也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元 中。上述集成的单元既可以釆用硬件的形式实现，也可以釆用软件功能单元的 形式实现。
上述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售 或使用时， 可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解， 本发 明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全 部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储 介质中， 包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备（可以为个人计算机、 服务器 或者网络设备等， 具体可以是计算机设备中的处理器）执行本发明各个实施例 上述方法的全部或部分步骤。 其中， 而前述的存储介质可包括： U盘、 移动硬 盘、 磁碟、 光盘、 只读存储器（ROM， Read-Only Memory )或者随机存取存 储器（RAM, Random Access Memory )等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上上述， 以上实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案， 而非对其限制； 尽 管参照前述实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明，本领域的普通技术人员应当理 解： 其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改， 或者对其中部分 技术特征进行等同替换； 而这些修改或者替换， 并不使相应技术方案的本质脱 离本发明各实施例技术方案的精神和范围。

Claims

OP131290 WO 2015/154223 PCT/CN2014/074906 -83 - 权 利 要 求
1、 一种基站， 其特征在于， 包括：
发送器， 用于向小区中的 N个用户终端发送配置消息， 其中， 所述配置消 息携带有辅配置指示， 所述辅配置指示用于指示出所述基站为所述 N个用户终 端配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 所述 N个用户终端的所述辅传输配置与所述小区 中的 M个用户终端的主传输配置不同， 其中， 所述 N个用户终端为所述 M个用 户终端的子集， 所述 N和 M为正整数；
获得单元， 用于获得所述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干 扰的被干扰参数， 其中， 所述全双工子帧为在相同频段相同子帧中所述主传输 配置对应上行传输且所述辅传输配置对应下行传输的子帧；
激活控制单元， 用于通过激活消息为所述 N个用户终端之中的 K个用户终 端激活所述辅传输配置， 其中， 所述 K个用户终端受到相邻用户终端干扰的被 干扰参数符合设定激活条件， 所述 K个用户终端为所述 N个用户终端的子集， 所述 K为正整数；
其中， 所述主传输配置为主载波且所述辅传输配置为辅载波；
其中， 所述主载波的上行频段和所述辅载波下行频段相同，且所述主载波 的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同； 或者， 所述主载波的频段和所述辅载 波的频段相同， 且所述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD 上下行配比不同。
2、 根据权利要求 1所述的基站， 其特征在于， 所述激活消息和 /或所述配 置消息中还携带生效指示参数，所述生效指示参数用于指示被激活的所述辅传 输配置的生效时间。
3、根据权利要求 2所述的基站， 其特征在于， 所述生效指示参数包括生效 周期和偏移量； 其中， 所述配置消息携带所述生效周期， 所述激活消息携带所 述偏移量； 或所述配置消息携带所述生效周期和所述偏移量； 或所述激活消息 携带所述生效周期和所述偏移量。
4、根据权利要求 1所述的基站， 其特征在于， 被激活的所述辅传输配置生 效一次或生效多次或周期性生效。 OP131290
WO 2015/154223 PCT/CN2014/074906
-84-
5、 根据权利要求 1至 4任一项所述的基站， 其特征在于，
所述激活控制单元还用于， 在通过激活消息为所述 N个用户终端之中的 K 个用户终端激活所述辅传输配置之后， 通过去激活消息去激活所述 K个用户终 端之中的部分或全部用户终端的被激活的所述辅传输配置。
6、 根据权利要求 1至 5任一项所述的基站， 其特征在于，
所述获得单元具体用于， 接收所述 N个用户终端上报的测量报告， 所述 N 个用户终端之中的每个用户终端上报的测量报告包含该用户终端在全双工子 帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
7、根据权利要求 6所述的基站， 其特征在于， 所述被干扰参数用于描述在 全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考信号的能量。
8、 根据权利要求 7所述的基站， 其特征在于，
所述设定激活条件包括：所述被干扰参数所描述的在全双工子帧中相邻用 户终端的上行参考信号的能量小于或等于第一阔值。
9、 根据权利要求 1至 5任一项所述的基站， 其特征在于，
所述获得单元具体用于， 接收所述 N个用户终端上报的位置信息， 根据所 述 N个用户终端上报的位置信息确定所述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻 用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
10、 根据权利要求 9所述的基站， 其特征在于， 所述 N个用户终端在全双 工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数包括： 所述 N个用户终端在全双工 子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位置距离；
所述设定激活条件包括：在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位置 距离大于或等于第二阔值。
11、 根据权利要求 1至 10任意一项所述的基站， 其特征在于， 所述发送器 还用于， 在所述全双工子帧内釆用下行方向性传输， 其中， 所述下行方向性传 输对应的波束覆盖所述 K个用户终端中的至少 1个用户终端。
12、 根据权利要求 11所述的基站， 其特征在于，
所述发送器还用于，将在所述全双工子帧内所述发送器釆用下行方向性传 输的下行方向性传输参数发送给邻居基站， 其中， 所述下行方向性传输参数包 OP131290
WO 2015/154223 PCT/CN2014/074906
-85- 括波束指向和 /或波束宽度。
13、 根据权利要求 1至 12任意一项所述的基站， 其特征在于， 所述发送器 还用于将所述全双工子帧通知邻居基站。
14、 一种通信终端， 其特征在于， 包括：
接收器， 用于接收来自基站的配置消息；
其中， 所述配置消息携带有辅配置指示， 所述辅配置指示用于指示出所述 基站为所述通信终端配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 所述通信终端的所述辅传输配 置与小区中的 M个用户终端的主传输配置不同， 其中， 所述通信终端为所述 M 个用户终端中的其中一个， 所述 M为正整数；
发送器，用于向所述基站上报所述通信终端在全双工子帧中受到相邻用户 终端干扰的被干扰参数；
传输控制单元， 用于若接收到来自所述基站的激活消息， 则根据所述激活 消息激活所述辅传输配置， 其中， 所述激活消息由所述基站在确定所述通信终 端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数符合设定激活条件之后 发送；
其中， 所述主传输配置为主载波且所述辅传输配置为辅载波；
其中， 所述主载波的上行频段和所述辅载波下行频段相同，且所述主载波 的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同； 或者， 所述主载波的频段和所述辅载 波的频段相同， 且所述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD 上下行配比不同。
15、 根据权利要求 14所述的通信终端， 其特征在于， 所述激活消息和 /或 所述配置消息中还携带生效指示参数，所述生效指示参数用于指示被激活的所 述辅传输配置的生效时间；
其中，所述传输控制单元还用于在所述生效指示参数所指示的生效时间生 效根据所述激活消息所激活得所述辅传输配置。
16、 根据权利要求 15所述的通信终端， 其特征在于， 所述生效指示参数包 括生效周期和偏移量； 其中， 所述配置消息携带所述生效周期， 所述激活消息 携带所述偏移量； 或所述配置消息携带所述生效周期和所述偏移量； 或所述激 OP131290
WO 2015/154223 PCT/CN2014/074906
-86- 活消息携带所述生效周期和所述偏移量。
17、 根据权利要求 14所述的通信终端， 其特征在于， 被激活的所述辅传输 配置生效一次或生效多次或周期性生效。
18、 根据权利要求 14至 17任一项所述的通信终端， 其特征在于， 所述传输控制单元还用于，在接收到来自所述基站的激活消息之后， 若接 收到来自所述基站的去激活消息， 根据所述去激活消息去激活所述辅传输配 置。
19、 根据权利要求 14至 18任一项所述的通信终端， 其特征在于， 所述发送器具体用于， 向所述基站上报测量报告， 所述测量报告包含所述 通信终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
20、 根据权利要求 19所述的通信终端， 其特征在于， 所述被干扰参数用于 描述在全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考信号的能量。
21、 根据权利要求 20所述的通信终端， 其特征在于，
所述设定激活条件包括：所述被干扰参数所描述的在全双工子帧中相邻用 户终端的上行参考信号的能量小于或等于第一阔值。
22、 根据权利要求 14至 18任一项所述的通信终端， 其特征在于， 所述发送器具体用于， 向所述基站上报所述通信终端的位置信息， 以便于 所述基站根据所述位置信息确定所述通信终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终 端干扰的被干扰参数。
23、 根据权利要求 22所述的通信终端， 其特征在于， 所述通信终端在全双 工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数包括：所述通信终端在全双工子帧 中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位置距离；
其中， 所述设定激活条件包括： 在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物 理位置距离大于第二阔值。
24、 根据权利要求 14至 23任一项所述的通信终端， 其特征在于， 当所述主 载波的上行频段和所述辅载波下行频段相同，且所述主载波的下行频段和上述 辅载波上行频段相同， 所述传输控制单元还用于，使用所述主载波和所述辅载 波独立进行上 /下行传输或不同时使用所述主载波和所述辅载波独立进行上 /下 OP131290
WO 2015/154223 PCT/CN2014/074906
-87- 行传输； 或所述传输控制单元还用于，使用所述主载波和所述辅载波进行上行 传输而不进行下行传输， 或所述传输控制单元还用于，使用所述主载波和所述 辅载波进行下行传输而不进行上行传输。
25、 一种基站， 其特征在于， 包括：
处理器、 存储器和天线；
所述处理器调用所述存储器中存储的代码，以用于通过所述天线向小区中 的 N个用户终端发送配置消息， 其中， 所述配置消息携带有辅配置指示， 所述 辅配置指示用于指示出所述基站为所述 N个用户终端配置的辅传输配置， 其 中， 所述 N个用户终端的所述辅传输配置与所述小区中的 M个用户终端的主传 输配置不同， 其中， 所述 N个用户终端为所述 M个用户终端的子集， 所述 N和 M为正整数； 获得所述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被 干扰参数， 其中， 所述全双工子帧为在相同频段相同子帧中所述主传输配置对 应上行传输且所述辅传输配置对应下行传输的子帧； 通过激活消息为所述 N个 用户终端之中的 K个用户终端激活所述辅传输配置， 其中， 所述 K个用户终端 受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数符合设定激活条件， 所述 K个用户终端为 所述 N个用户终端的子集， 所述 K为正整数；
其中， 所述主传输配置为主载波且所述辅传输配置为辅载波；
其中， 所述主载波的上行频段和所述辅载波下行频段相同，且所述主载波 的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同； 或者， 所述主载波的频段和所述辅载 波的频段相同， 且所述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD 上下行配比不同。
26、 根据权利要求 25所述的基站， 其特征在于， 所述激活消息和 /或所述 配置消息中还携带生效指示参数，所述生效指示参数用于指示被激活的所述辅 传输配置的生效时间。
27、 根据权利要求 26所述的基站， 其特征在于， 所述生效指示参数包括生 效周期和偏移量； 其中， 所述配置消息携带所述生效周期， 所述激活消息携带 所述偏移量； 或所述配置消息携带所述生效周期和所述偏移量； 或所述激活消 息携带所述生效周期和所述偏移量。 OP131290
WO 2015/154223 PCT/CN2014/074906
-88-
28、 根据权利要求 27所述的基站， 其特征在于， 被激活的所述辅传输配置 生效一次或生效多次或周期性生效。
29、 根据权利要求 25至 28任一项所述的基站， 其特征在于，
所述处理器还用于， 通过激活消息为所述 N个用户终端之中的 K个用户终 端激活所述辅传输配置之后， 通过去激活消息去激活所述 K个用户终端之中的 部分或全部用户终端的被激活的所述辅传输配置。
30、 根据权利要求 25至 29任一项所述的基站， 其特征在于，
在所述获得所述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被 干扰参数的方面， 所述处理器具体用于， 接收所述 N个用户终端上报的测量报 告， 所述 N个用户终端之中的每个用户终端上报的测量报告包含该用户终端在 全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
31、 根据权利要求 30所述的基站， 其特征在于， 所述被干扰参数用于描述 在全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考信号的能量。
32、 根据权利要求 31所述的基站， 其特征在于，
所述设定激活条件包括：所述被干扰参数所描述的在全双工子帧中相邻用 户终端的上行参考信号的能量小于或等于第一阔值。
33、 根据权利要求 25至 29任一项所述的基站， 其特征在于， 在所述获得所 述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数的方面， 所 述处理器具体用于， 接收所述 N个用户终端上报的位置信息， 根据所述 N个用 户终端上报的位置信息确定所述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终 端干扰的被干扰参数。
34、 根据权利要求 33所述的基站， 其特征在于， 所述 N个用户终端在全双 工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数包括： 所述 N个用户终端在全双工 子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位置距离；
所述设定激活条件包括：在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位置 距离大于或等于第二阔值。
35、 根据权利要求 25至 34任一项所述的基站， 其特征在于， 所述处理器还 用于， 在所述全双工子帧内釆用下行方向性传输， 其中， 所述下行方向性传输 OP131290
WO 2015/154223 PCT/CN2014/074906
-89- 对应的波束覆盖所述 K个用户终端中的至少 1个用户终端。
36、 根据权利要求 35所述的基站， 其特征在于，
所述处理器还用于，将在所述全双工子帧内所述基站釆用下行方向性传输 的下行方向性传输参数发送给邻居基站， 其中， 所述下行方向性传输参数包括 波束指向和 /或波束宽度。
37、 根据权利要求 25至 36任意一项所述的基站， 其特征在于，
所述处理器还用于， 将所述全双工子帧通知邻居基站。
38、 一种通信终端， 其特征在于， 包括：
处理器、 存储器和天线；
所述处理器调用所述存储器中存储的代码，以用于通过所述天线接收来自 基站的配置消息； 其中， 所述配置消息携带有辅配置指示， 所述辅配置指示用 于指示出所述基站为所述通信终端配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 所述通信终端的 所述辅传输配置与小区中的 Μ个用户终端的主传输配置不同， 其中， 所述通信 终端为所述 Μ个用户终端中的其中一个， 所述 Μ为正整数； 向所述基站上报所 述通信终端在全双工子帧中受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数；若接收到来 自所述基站的激活消息， 则才艮据所述激活消息激活所述辅传输配置， 其中， 所 述激活消息由所述基站在确定所述通信终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端 干扰的被干扰参数符合设定激活条件之后发送；
其中， 所述主传输配置为主载波且所述辅传输配置为辅载波；
其中， 所述主载波的上行频段和所述辅载波下行频段相同，且所述主载波 的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同； 或者， 所述主载波的频段和所述辅载 波的频段相同， 且所述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD 上下行配比不同。
39、 根据权利要求 38所述的通信终端， 其特征在于， 所述激活消息和 /或 所述配置消息中还携带生效指示参数，所述生效指示参数用于指示被激活的所 述辅传输配置的生效时间；
其中，所述传输控制单元还用于在所述生效指示参数所指示的生效时间生 效根据所述激活消息所激活得所述辅传输配置。 OP131290
WO 2015/154223 PCT/CN2014/074906
-90-
40、 根据权利要求 39所述的通信终端， 其特征在于， 所述生效指示参数包 括生效周期和偏移量； 其中， 所述配置消息携带所述生效周期， 所述激活消息 携带所述偏移量； 或所述配置消息携带所述生效周期和所述偏移量； 或所述激 活消息携带所述生效周期和所述偏移量。
41、 根据权利要求 38所述的通信终端， 其特征在于， 被激活的所述辅传输 配置生效一次或生效多次或周期性生效。
42、 根据权利要求 38至 41任一项所述的通信终端， 其特征在于， 所述处理器还用于，在接收到来自所述基站的激活消息之后， 若接收到来 自所述基站的去激活消息， 根据所述去激活消息去激活所述辅传输配置。
43、 根据权利要求 38至 42任一项所述的通信终端， 其特征在于， 在向所述基站上报所述通信终端在全双工子帧中受到相邻用户终端干扰 的被干扰参数的方面， 所述处理器具体用于， 向所述基站上报测量报告， 所述 测量报告包含所述通信终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参 数。
44、 根据权利要求 43所述的通信终端， 其特征在于， 所述被干扰参数用于 描述在全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考信号的能量。
45、 根据权利要求 44所述的通信终端， 其特征在于，
所述设定激活条件包括：所述被干扰参数所描述的在全双工子帧中相邻用 户终端的上行参考信号的能量小于或等于第一阔值。
46、 根据权利要求 38至 42任一项所述的通信终端， 其特征在于， 在向所述基站上报所述通信终端在全双工子帧中受到相邻用户终端干扰 的被干扰参数的方面， 所述处理器具体用于， 向所述基站上报所述通信终端的 位置信息，以便于所述基站根据所述位置信息确定所述通信终端在全双工子帧 中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
47、 根据权利要求 46所述的通信终端， 其特征在于， 所述通信终端在全双 工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数包括：所述通信终端在全双工子帧 中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位置距离；
其中， 所述设定激活条件包括： 在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物 OP131290
WO 2015/154223 PCT/CN2014/074906
-91 - 理位置距离大于第二阔值。
48、 根据权利要求 38至 47任一项所述的通信终端， 其特征在于， 当所述主 载波的上行频段和所述辅载波下行频段相同，且所述主载波的下行频段和上述 辅载波上行频段相同， 所述传输控制单元还用于，使用所述主载波和所述辅载 波独立进行上 /下行传输或不同时使用所述主载波和所述辅载波独立进行上 /下 行传输； 或所述传输控制单元还用于，使用所述主载波和所述辅载波进行上行 传输而不进行下行传输， 或所述传输控制单元还用于，使用所述主载波和所述 辅载波进行下行传输而不进行上行传输。
49、 一种通信控制方法， 其特征在于， 包括：
基站向小区中的 N个用户终端发送配置消息， 其中， 所述配置消息携带有 辅配置指示， 所述辅配置指示用于指示出所述基站为所述 N个用户终端配置的 辅传输配置， 其中， 所述 N个用户终端的所述辅传输配置与所述小区中的 M个 用户终端的主传输配置不同， 其中， 所述 N个用户终端为所述 M个用户终端的 子集， 所述 N和 M为正整数；
所述基站获得所述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的 被干扰参数， 其中， 所述全双工子帧为在相同频段相同子帧中所述主传输配置 对应上行传输且所述辅传输配置对应下行传输的子帧；
所述基站通过激活消息为所述 N个用户终端之中的 K个用户终端激活所述 辅传输配置， 其中， 所述 K个用户终端受到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数符 合设定激活条件， 所述 K个用户终端为所述 N个用户终端的子集， 所述 K为正 整数；
其中， 所述主传输配置为主载波且所述辅传输配置为辅载波；
其中， 所述主载波的上行频段和所述辅载波下行频段相同，且所述主载波 的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同； 或者， 所述主载波的频段和所述辅载 波的频段相同， 且所述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD 上下行配比不同。
50、 根据权利要求 49所述的方法， 其特征在于， 所述激活消息和 /或所述 配置消息中还携带生效指示参数，所述生效指示参数用于指示被激活的所述辅 OP131290
WO 2015/154223 PCT/CN2014/074906
-92- 传输配置的生效时间。
51、 根据权利要求 50所述的方法， 其特征在于， 所述生效指示参数包括生 效周期和偏移量； 其中， 所述配置消息携带所述生效周期， 所述激活消息携带 所述偏移量； 或所述配置消息携带所述生效周期和所述偏移量； 或所述激活消 息携带所述生效周期和所述偏移量。
52、 根据权利要求 49所述的方法， 其特征在于， 被激活的所述辅传输配置 生效一次或生效多次或周期性生效。
53、 根据权利要求 49至 52任一项所述的方法， 其特征在于，
所述基站通过激活消息为所述 N个用户终端之中的 K个用户终端激活所述 辅传输配置之后还包括： 所述基站通过去激活消息去激活所述 K个用户终端之 中的部分或全部用户终端的被激活的所述辅传输配置。
54、 根据权利要求 49至 53任一项所述的方法， 其特征在于，
所述基站获得所述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的 被干扰参数， 包括：
所述基站接收所述 N个用户终端上报的测量报告， 所述 N个用户终端之中 的每个用户终端上报的测量报告包含该用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户 终端干扰的被干扰参数。
55、 根据权利要求 54所述的方法， 其特征在于， 所述被干扰参数用于描述 在全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考信号的能量。
56、 根据权利要求 55所述的方法， 其特征在于，
所述设定激活条件包括：所述被干扰参数所描述的在全双工子帧中相邻用 户终端的上行参考信号的能量小于或等于第一阔值。
57、 根据权利要求 49至 53任一项所述的方法， 其特征在于，
所述基站获得所述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的 被干扰参数， 包括：
所述基站接收所述 N个用户终端上报的位置信息， 根据所述 N个用户终端 上报的位置信息确定所述 N个用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰 的被干扰参数。 OP131290
WO 2015/154223 PCT/CN2014/074906
-93 -
58、 根据权利要求 57所述的方法， 其特征在于， 所述 N个用户终端在全双 工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数包括： 所述 N个用户终端在全双工 子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位置距离；
所述设定激活条件包括：在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位置 距离大于或等于第二阔值。
59、 根据权利要求 49至 58任一项所述的方法， 其特征在于， 所述基站在所 述全双工子帧内釆用下行方向性传输， 其中， 所述下行方向性传输对应的波束 覆盖所述 K个用户终端中的至少 1个用户终端。
60、 根据权利要求 59所述的方法， 其特征在于，
所述方法还包括：所述基站将在所述全双工子帧内所述基站釆用下行方向 性传输的下行方向性传输参数发送给邻居基站， 其中， 所述下行方向性传输参 数包括波束指向和 /或波束宽度。
61、 根据权利要求 49至 60任意一项所述的方法， 其特征在于，
所述方法还包括：
所述基站将所述全双工子帧通知邻居基站。
62、 一种通信控制方法， 其特征在于， 包括：
第一用户终端接收来自基站的配置消息；
其中， 所述配置消息携带有辅配置指示， 所述辅配置指示用于指示出所述 基站为所述第一用户终端配置的辅传输配置， 其中， 所述第一用户终端的所述 辅传输配置与小区中的 M个用户终端的主传输配置不同， 其中， 所述第一用户 终端为所述 M个用户终端中的其中一个， 所述 M为正整数；
所述第一用户终端向所述基站上报所述第一用户终端在全双工子帧中受 到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数；
所述第一用户终端若接收到来自所述基站的激活消息，则根据所述激活消 息激活所述辅传输配置， 其中， 所述激活消息由所述基站在确定所述第一用户 终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数符合设定激活条件之 后发送；
其中， 所述主传输配置为主载波且所述辅传输配置为辅载波； OP131290
WO 2015/154223 PCT/CN2014/074906
-94- 其中， 所述主载波的上行频段和所述辅载波下行频段相同，且所述主载波 的下行频段和上述辅载波上行频段相同； 或者， 所述主载波的频段和所述辅载 波的频段相同， 且所述主载波的时分双工 TDD上下行配与上述辅载波的 TDD 上下行配比不同。
63、 根据权利要求 62所述的方法， 其特征在于， 所述激活消息和 /或所述 配置消息中还携带生效指示参数，所述生效指示参数用于指示被激活的所述辅 传输配置的生效时间。
64、 根据权利要求 63所述的方法， 其特征在于， 所述生效指示参数包括生 效周期和偏移量； 其中， 所述配置消息携带所述生效周期， 所述激活消息携带 所述偏移量； 或所述配置消息携带所述生效周期和所述偏移量； 或所述激活消 息携带所述生效周期和所述偏移量。
65、 根据权利要求 62所述的方法， 其特征在于， 被激活的所述辅传输配置 生效一次或生效多次或周期性生效。
66、 根据权利要求 62至 65任一项所述的方法， 其特征在于，
在所述接收到来自所述基站的激活消息之后， 所述方法还包括： 所述第一 用户终端若接收到来自所述基站的去激活消息，根据所述去激活消息去激活所 述辅传输配置。
67、 根据权利要求 62至 66任一项所述的方法， 其特征在于，
所述第一用户终端向所述基站上报所述第一用户终端在全双工子帧中受 到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 包括： 所述第一用户终端向所述基站上报 测量报告，所述测量报告包含所述第一用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用户终 端干扰的被干扰参数。
68、 根据权利要求 67所述的方法， 其特征在于， 所述被干扰参数用于描述 在全双工子帧中相邻用户终端的上行参考信号的能量。
69、 根据权利要求 68所述的方法， 其特征在于，
所述设定激活条件包括：所述被干扰参数所描述的在全双工子帧中相邻用 户终端的上行参考信号的能量小于或等于第一阔值。
70、 根据权利要求 62至 66任一项所述的方法， 其特征在于， OP131290
WO 2015/154223 PCT/CN2014/074906
-95- 所述第一用户终端向所述基站上报所述第一用户终端在全双工子帧中受 到相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数， 包括：
所述第一用户终端向所述基站上报所述第一用户终端的位置信息，以便于 所述基站根据所述位置信息确定所述第一用户终端在全双工子帧中受相邻用 户终端干扰的被干扰参数。
71、 根据权利要求 70所述的方法， 其特征在于， 所述第一用户终端在全双 工子帧中受相邻用户终端干扰的被干扰参数包括：所述第一用户终端在全双工 子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物理位置距离；
其中， 所述设定激活条件包括： 在全双工子帧中与相邻用户终端之间的物 理位置距离大于或等于第二阔值。
72、 根据权利要求 62至 71任一项所述的方法， 其特征在于， 当所述主载波 的上行频段和所述辅载波下行频段相同，且所述主载波的下行频段和上述辅载 波上行频段相同，所述第一用户终端使用所述主载波和所述辅载波独立进行上 /下行传输或不同时使用所述主载波和所述辅载波独立进行上 /下行传输； 或所 述第一用户终端使用所述主载波和所述辅载波进行上行传输而不进行下行传 输，或所述第一用户终端使用所述主载波和所述辅载波进行下行传输而不进行 上行传输。
73、 一种计算机存储介质， 其特征在于，
所述计算机存储介质存储有程序，所述程序执行时包括如权利要求 49至 72 任一项所述的步骤。
PCT/CN2014/074906 2014-04-08 2014-04-08 通信控制方法及相关装置 Ceased WO2015154223A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2014/074906 WO2015154223A1 (zh) 2014-04-08 2014-04-08 通信控制方法及相关装置
CN201480001151.7A CN105164967B (zh) 2014-04-08 2014-04-08 通信控制方法及相关装置
EP14888607.0A EP3119029A4 (en) 2014-04-08 2014-04-08 Communication control method and related apparatus
US15/289,254 US10461800B2 (en) 2014-04-08 2016-10-10 Communication control method and related apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2014/074906 WO2015154223A1 (zh) 2014-04-08 2014-04-08 通信控制方法及相关装置

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/289,254 Continuation US10461800B2 (en) 2014-04-08 2016-10-10 Communication control method and related apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015154223A1 true WO2015154223A1 (zh) 2015-10-15

Family

ID=54287084

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2014/074906 Ceased WO2015154223A1 (zh) 2014-04-08 2014-04-08 通信控制方法及相关装置

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US10461800B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP3119029A4 (zh)
CN (1) CN105164967B (zh)
WO (1) WO2015154223A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107135031A (zh) * 2016-02-29 2017-09-05 华为技术有限公司 一种终端设备、网络设备、帧格式配置方法和系统

Families Citing this family (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107078813B (zh) * 2014-10-17 2021-07-06 Lg 电子株式会社 在支持fdr传输的无线通信系统中测量设备间干扰的方法及其装置
CN107223314B (zh) * 2015-02-12 2019-07-19 华为技术有限公司 具有自适应接收功率降低的全双工无线电
US10523406B2 (en) * 2015-06-28 2019-12-31 RF DSP Inc. Single channel full duplex wireless base station or access point
EP3788739B1 (en) 2018-05-03 2025-10-15 InterDigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Interference discovery and cancellation for wlan with full duplex radios
CN110545123B (zh) * 2019-08-30 2022-02-01 广州维德科技有限公司 用于窄带传输中单个频点数据传输的双接收基站
US12021799B2 (en) * 2020-01-15 2024-06-25 Qualcomm Incorporated Duplex-mode remediation for self interference
CN115486196A (zh) * 2020-03-30 2022-12-16 现代自动车株式会社 支持多个链路的通信系统中的发送和接收数据的方法和装置
US11743018B2 (en) * 2020-04-06 2023-08-29 Qualcomm Incorporated Initial subband configuration for full duplex
WO2022027668A1 (en) * 2020-08-07 2022-02-10 Zte Corporation Method and device for inactivating downlink channel
EP4264866A1 (en) * 2020-12-16 2023-10-25 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) Time domain resource allocation for wireless communication network
US12302399B2 (en) * 2022-01-07 2025-05-13 Qualcomm Incorporated Random access channel occasions and resources for interference mitigation
CN118921735B (zh) * 2023-05-06 2026-01-02 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 一种定位处理方法、装置、设备及终端
EP4704479A1 (en) * 2023-08-03 2026-03-04 New H3C Technologies Co., Ltd. Resource allocation method and apparatus, and device

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013091187A1 (en) * 2011-12-21 2013-06-27 Renesas Mobile Corporation Semi-full-duplex single-carrier transmission technique
CN103209415A (zh) * 2012-01-16 2013-07-17 华为技术有限公司 全双工干扰处理方法和装置
CN103458420A (zh) * 2012-05-31 2013-12-18 华为技术有限公司 一种无线通信方法、基站及用户设备

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8885752B2 (en) * 2012-07-27 2014-11-11 Intel Corporation Method and apparatus for feedback in 3D MIMO wireless systems
PT3723319T (pt) * 2014-03-19 2021-12-16 Ericsson Telefon Ab L M Métodos, estação base e dispositivo sem fios para suporte de comunicação rádio
US10123338B2 (en) * 2014-03-26 2018-11-06 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for allocating resources in wireless access system supporting FDR transmission

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013091187A1 (en) * 2011-12-21 2013-06-27 Renesas Mobile Corporation Semi-full-duplex single-carrier transmission technique
CN103209415A (zh) * 2012-01-16 2013-07-17 华为技术有限公司 全双工干扰处理方法和装置
CN103458420A (zh) * 2012-05-31 2013-12-18 华为技术有限公司 一种无线通信方法、基站及用户设备

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3119029A4 *

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107135031A (zh) * 2016-02-29 2017-09-05 华为技术有限公司 一种终端设备、网络设备、帧格式配置方法和系统
WO2017148334A1 (zh) * 2016-02-29 2017-09-08 华为技术有限公司 一种终端设备、网络设备、帧格式配置方法和系统
EP3413478A4 (en) * 2016-02-29 2019-02-20 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. DEVICE DEVICE, NETWORK DEVICE, FRAME FORMAT ADJUSTMENT METHOD AND SYSTEM
CN107135031B (zh) * 2016-02-29 2021-04-20 华为技术有限公司 一种终端设备、网络设备、帧格式配置方法和系统
US11304143B2 (en) 2016-02-29 2022-04-12 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Terminal device, network device, frame format configuration method, and system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP3119029A4 (en) 2017-03-29
EP3119029A1 (en) 2017-01-18
US20170026073A1 (en) 2017-01-26
US10461800B2 (en) 2019-10-29
CN105164967B (zh) 2019-04-16
CN105164967A (zh) 2015-12-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2015154223A1 (zh) 通信控制方法及相关装置
US11825363B2 (en) Resource processing method, apparatus, and system
CN112398633B (zh) 一种信息上报方法、终端及网络设备
CN110536339B (zh) 一种信息处理方法、装置、终端及通信设备
JP7216804B2 (ja) アップリンク情報の送信方法及び端末
CN110719632B (zh) 一种准共址确定方法、调度方法、终端及网络设备
CN111818659B (zh) sidelink信息发送方法、接收方法、终端和控制节点
JP2023517925A (ja) 情報報告方法、アクセス方式決定方法、端末とネットワーク機器
CN111278119B (zh) 干扰处理方法、基站及终端
WO2018228429A1 (zh) 一种测量上报的方法及设备
CN110636542B (zh) 非授权频段上波束管理的方法、设备和介质
CN111277300A (zh) 信息传输方法、终端及网络设备
US20210045156A1 (en) Channel access method, user equipment, base station, and related device
CN110381463A (zh) 一种旁链路信息的传输方法及设备
CN112867049B (zh) 一种测量配置方法、装置及系统
CN110691408B (zh) 信息传输方法、网络设备及终端
CN108064083A (zh) Csi上报方法、装置以及设备
WO2019001188A1 (zh) 一种数据处理方法、终端以及基站
WO2020125399A1 (zh) 信号资源测量方法及终端
WO2017140194A1 (zh) 一种数据传输方法及通信设备、系统
US20230199726A1 (en) Data communication method, terminal device and network device
JP7278397B2 (ja) 伝送リソース指示方法、伝送方法、ネットワーク機器及び端末
WO2017113401A1 (zh) 功率信息发送方法、终端设备和网络设备
CN110071788A (zh) 信道状态信息参考信号传输方法、网络设备及终端
WO2018228409A1 (zh) 控制信息的传输方法、终端设备和网络设备

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201480001151.7

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14888607

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2014888607

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2014888607

Country of ref document: EP